Fuji Film 02100001 FUJIFILM DIGITAL CAMERA User Manual TempConfidential FinePix XP170 UserMan Part1 20120508

Fuji Film Corporation FUJIFILM DIGITAL CAMERA TempConfidential FinePix XP170 UserMan Part1 20120508

Contents

TempConfidential_(FinePix XP170) UserMan_Part1_20120508

FINEPIX XP170
BL01731-100
BG
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
CS
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
DA
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains:-IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
NL
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
FI
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
ContainsIC: 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
EL
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC:7736B-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
HU
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
ContainsIiIC: 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
IT
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
ContainsIC: 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
LT
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
-0200000IC: 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
7-3, AKASAKA 9-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO 107-0052, JAPAN
Printed in
LV
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
ET
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNINGWARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
NO
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
C001IC : IIC: 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
PL
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNINGWARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-0200001
on7736BW2Z-020:IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
PT
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
7B7736Z-021000IIC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
RO
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
ontainsBIICC IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
SK
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNINGWARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC : W2Z-02000001Contains IC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
SV
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNING
WARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
Contains IC :7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
AR
This document describes cautions on using a wireless transmitter
For more details or other functions, refer to the supplied XP100/XP110 Owner’s Manual or CD-ROM.
Regarding the Declaration of Conformity, visit http://www.fujifi lm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
IMPORTANT: Read the following notices before using the camera’s built-in wireless transmitter.
QThis product, which contains encryption function developed in the United States, is controlled by the United States Export Administration Regulations and
may not be exported or re-exported to any country to which the United States embargoes goods.
• Use only as part of a wireless network. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for damages resulting from unauthorized use. Do not use in applications requiring
a high degree of reliability, for example in medical devices or other systems that may directly or indirectly impact human life. When using the device in
computer and other systems that demand a greater degree of reliability than wireless networks, be sure to take all necessary precautions to ensure safety
and prevent malfunction.
• Use only in the country in which the device was purchased. This device conforms to regulations governing wireless network devices in the country in which it was
purchased. Observe all location regulations when using the device. FUJIFILM does not accept liability for problems arising from use in other jurisdictions.
• Wireless data (images) may be intercepted by third parties. The security of data transmitted over wireless networks is not guaranteed.
• Do not use the device in locations subject to magnetic  elds, static electricity, or radio interference. Do not use the transmitter in the vicinity of microwave ovens or
in other locations subject to magnetic fi elds, static electricity, or radio interference that may prevent reception of wireless signals. Mutual interference may
occur when the transmitter is used in the vicinity of other wireless devices operating in the 2.4GHz band.
• The wireless transmitter operates in the 2.4GHz band using DSSS and OFDM modulation.
Wireless Network Devices: Cautions
• This device operates on the same frequency as commercial, educational, and medical devices and wireless transmitters. It also operates on the same frequency as
licensed transmitters and special unlicensed low-voltage transmitters used in RFID tracking systems for assembly lines and in other similar applications.
• To prevent interference with the above devices, observe the following precautions. Confi rm that the RFID transmitter is not in operation before using this device.
Should you observe that the device causes interference in licensed transmitters used for RFID tracking, immediately choose a new operating frequency for
this device to prevent additional interference. If you notice that this device causes interference in low-voltage RFID tracing systems, contact a FUJIFILM
representative.
WARNINGWARNING
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera emits radio-
frequency radiation that may cause these devices to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pacemakers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
For Customers in the U. S. A.For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001Contains FCC ID : W2Z-02000001
00001IC:737366B-02100001Contains IiIC : 7736B-02100001
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Opera-
tion is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference re-
ceived, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the
limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These
limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful inter-
ference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communica-
tions. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a
particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference
to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interfer-
ence by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit diff erent from that to
which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or modifi cations not expressly ap-
proved in this manual could void the user’s authority to operate the
equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of the FCC Rules, this product
must be used with a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB cable, and
DC supply cord.
European Union regulatory noticeEuropean Union regulatory notice
This product complies with the following EU Directives:
• Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
• EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Compliance with these directives implies conformity to applicable harmo-
nized European standards (European Norms) which are listed on the EU
Declaration of Conformity issued by FUJIFILM Corporation for this product
or product family.
This compliance is indicated by the following conformity marking placed
on the product:
This marking is valid for non-Telecom products and EU harmonized Telecom
products (e.g. Bluetooth).
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FCC ID:W2Z-02100001
IC:7736B-02100001
FINEPIX XP150/XP160
FINEPIX XP100/XP110
DIGITAL CAMERA
Basic Manual
BL01641-101
ENGLISH
FRANÇAIS
ESPAÑOL
Worldwide Network
ii ENGLISH
Product Features and Precautions for Use
Product Features and Precautions for Use
■
■
Water, Dust, and Shock Resistance
Water, Dust, and Shock Resistance
Q
Q
The camera complies with JIS Class
The camera complies with JIS Class
8 water resistance and JIS Class 6
8 water resistance and JIS Class 6
(IP68) dust resistance standards, and
(IP68) dust resistance standards, and
has passed FUJIFILM drop tests (drop
has passed FUJIFILM drop tests (drop
height: 1.5 m/4.9 ft.; impact surface:
height: 1.5 m/4.9 ft.; impact surface:
plywood, thickness 5 cm/2.0 in.) com-
plywood, thickness 5 cm/2.0 in.) com-
pliant with MIL-STD 810F Method
pliant with MIL-STD 810F Method
516.5: Shock. These results were ob-
516.5: Shock. These results were ob-
tained through in-house testing and
tained through in-house testing and
are not a blanket guarantee of water
are not a blanket guarantee of water
resistance or invulnerability to dam-
resistance or invulnerability to dam-
age or destruction. The accessories
age or destruction. The accessories
supplied with the camera are not
supplied with the camera are not
water resistant.
water resistant.
■
■
Before Use
Before Use
Q
Q
The front surface of the camera lens
The front surface of the camera lens
is protected by a sheet of glass. For-
is protected by a sheet of glass. For-
eign matter on the glass will appear
eign matter on the glass will appear
in photographs; keep the glass clean
in photographs; keep the glass clean
at all times.
at all times.
Q
Q
Be sure that the battery-chamber
Be sure that the battery-chamber
and connector covers are fully
and connector covers are fully
latched. The presence of water, mud,
latched. The presence of water, mud,
or sand in the camera could cause
or sand in the camera could cause
malfunction.
malfunction.
Q
Q
Do not open or close the battery-
Do not open or close the battery-
chamber or connector cover with
chamber or connector cover with
wet hands or near water, for example
wet hands or near water, for example
while on or by a body of water.
while on or by a body of water.
Q
Q
Be sure the camera is completely dry
Be sure the camera is completely dry
before inserting or removing batter-
before inserting or removing batter-
ies or memory cards or connecting
ies or memory cards or connecting
the USB or A/V cable.
the USB or A/V cable.
Q
Q
The camera does not  oat. Be sure to
The camera does not  oat. Be sure to
attach the strap and keep it around
attach the strap and keep it around
your wrist when using the camera.
your wrist when using the camera.
■
■
During Use
During Use
Q
Q
Restrict underwater use to depths of
Restrict underwater use to depths of
5 m (16ft.) or less and periods shorter
5 m (16ft.) or less and periods shorter
than 120 minutes.
than 120 minutes.
Q
Q
Do not open or close the battery-
Do not open or close the battery-
chamber cover while under water.
chamber cover while under water.
Q
Q
Do not use in hot springs or heated
Do not use in hot springs or heated
pools.
pools.
Q
Q
Do not dive into water with the cam-
Do not dive into water with the cam-
era or otherwise subject it to exces-
era or otherwise subject it to exces-
sive force.
sive force.
Q
Q
If the camera is left on the sand, its
If the camera is left on the sand, its
temperature may exceed operating
temperature may exceed operating
limits and sand may get into the
limits and sand may get into the
speaker or microphone.
speaker or microphone.
Q
Q
Sunscreen, suntan lotion, or other
Sunscreen, suntan lotion, or other
oily substances may discolor the
oily substances may discolor the
camera body and should be re-
camera body and should be re-
moved with a damp cloth.
moved with a damp cloth.
Q
Q
The camera may lose water resis-
The camera may lose water resis-
tance if subjected to excessive force
tance if subjected to excessive force
or vibration. Consult your retailer or
or vibration. Consult your retailer or
a FUJIFILM-authorized repair techni-
a FUJIFILM-authorized repair techni-
cian.
cian.
■
■
After Use
After Use
Q
Q
Remove any foreign matter from the
Remove any foreign matter from the
water-resistant seal and adjacent sur-
water-resistant seal and adjacent sur-
faces. Foreign matter could damage
faces. Foreign matter could damage
the seal, lowering water resistance.
the seal, lowering water resistance.
Q
Q
After using the camera underwater
After using the camera underwater
or in locations where foreign matter
or in locations where foreign matter
might adhere to the camera body,
might adhere to the camera body,
rinse the camera under the tap or
rinse the camera under the tap or
leave it in a basin of fresh water for
leave it in a basin of fresh water for
two to three minutes.
two to three minutes.
Q
Q
Liquid soaps, detergents, alcohol,
Liquid soaps, detergents, alcohol,
and other cleansers may a ect water
and other cleansers may a ect water
resistance and should never be used.
resistance and should never be used.
Q
Q
After use, remove water droplets and
After use, remove water droplets and
foreign matter with a dry cloth,  rmly
foreign matter with a dry cloth,  rmly
latch the battery-chamber cover, and
latch the battery-chamber cover, and
soak the camera in fresh water for
soak the camera in fresh water for
about ten minutes. Dry the camera
about ten minutes. Dry the camera
thoroughly after removing it from
thoroughly after removing it from
the water.
the water.
■
■
Storage and Maintenance
Storage and Maintenance
Q
Q
Do not store at temperatures below
Do not store at temperatures below
0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F).
0 °C (32 °F) or above 40 °C (104 °F).
Q
Q
To ensure continued water resistance,
To ensure continued water resistance,
it is recommended that you have the
it is recommended that you have the
water-resistant seal replaced about
water-resistant seal replaced about
once a year (a fee is charged for this
once a year (a fee is charged for this
service). Contact your retailer or a
service). Contact your retailer or a
FUJIFILM-authorized repair techni-
FUJIFILM-authorized repair techni-
cian for more information.
cian for more information.
■
■
Cold Climates
Cold Climates
Q
Q
Battery performance drops at low
Battery performance drops at low
temperatures, reducing the number
temperatures, reducing the number
of pictures that can be taken. Insulate
of pictures that can be taken. Insulate
the camera to keep it warm or place
the camera to keep it warm or place
it in your clothing.
it in your clothing.
Q
Q
Use an NP-50A battery.
Use an NP-50A battery.
Q
Q
Display response may slow at low
Display response may slow at low
temperatures. This is not a malfunc-
temperatures. This is not a malfunc-
tion.
tion.
iiiENGLISH
Be sure to read these notes before use
Safety Notes
• Make sure that you use your camera cor-
rectly. Read these safety notes and your
Owner’s Manual carefully before use.
• After reading these safety notes, store them
in a safe place.
About the Icons
The icons shown below are used in this docu-
ment to indicate the severity of the injury
or damage that can result if the information
indicated by the icon is ignored and the prod-
uct is used incorrectly as a result.
WARNING
This icon indicates that death or se-
rious injury can result if the informa-
tion is ignored.
CAUTION
This icon indicates that personal in-
jury or material damage can result if
the information is ignored.
WARNING
WARNING
If a problem arises, turn the camera o , remove the
battery, and disconnect and unplug the AC power
adapter. Continued use of the camera when it
is emitting smoke, is emitting any unusual odor,
or is in any other abnormal state can cause a fi re
or electric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer.
Do not allow water or foreign objects to enter the
camera. If water or foreign objects get inside
the camera, turn the camera off , remove the
battery, and disconnect and unplug the AC
power adapter. Continued use of the camera
can cause a fi re or electric shock. Contact your
FUJIFILM dealer.
Do not use the camera in the bathroom or shower.
This can cause a fi re or electric shock.
Never attempt to change or take apart the camera
(never open the case). Failure to observe this pre-
caution can cause fi re or electric shock.
WARNING
WARNING
Should the case break open as the result of a fall
or other accident, do not touch the exposed parts.
Failure to observe this precaution could result
in electric shock or in injury from touching the
damaged parts. Remove the battery imme-
diately, taking care to avoid injury or electric
shock, and take the product to the point of
purchase for consultation.
Do not change, heat or unduly twist or pull the con-
nection cord and do not place heavy objects on the
connection cord. These actions could damage
the cord and cause a fi re or electric shock. If the
cord is damaged, contact your FUJIFILM dealer.
Do not place the camera on an unstable surface.
This can cause the camera to fall or tip over and
cause injury.
Never attempt to take pictures while in motion. Do
not use the camera while you are walking or
driving a vehicle. This can result in you falling
down or being involved in a traffi c accident.
Do not touch any metal parts of the camera during a
thunderstorm. This can cause an electric shock due
to induced current from the lightning discharge.
Do not use the battery except as speci ed. Load the
battery as shown by the indicator.
Do not heat, change or take apart the battery. Do
not drop or subject the battery to impacts. Do not
store the battery with metallic products. Any of
these actions can cause the battery to burst or
leak and cause fi re or injury as a result.
Use only the battery or AC power adapters speci ed
for use with this camera. Do not use voltages other
than the power supply voltage shown. The use of
other power sources can cause a fi re.
If the battery leaks and  uid gets in contact with
your eyes, skin or clothing,  ush the a ected area
with clean water and seek medical attention or call
an emergency number right away.
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly re-
placed. Replace only with the same or equivalent
type.
WARNING
WARNING
Do not use in the presence of  ammable objects,
explosive gases, or dust.
When carrying the battery, install it in a digital
camera or keep it in the hard case. When storing the
battery, keep it in the hard case. When discarding,
cover the battery terminals with insulation tape.
Contact with other metallic objects or batteries
could cause the battery to ignite or burst.
Keep memory cards out of the reach of small chil-
dren. Because memory cards are small, they
can be swallowed by children. Be sure to
store memory cards out of the reach of small
children. If a child swallows a memory card,
seek medical attention or call an emergency
number.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not use this camera in locations a ected by oil
fumes, steam, humidity or dust. This can cause a
fi re or electric shock.
Do not leave this camera in places subject to ex-
tremely high temperatures. Do not leave the
camera in locations such as a sealed vehicle or
in direct sunlight. This can cause a fi re.
Keep out of the reach of small children. This prod-
uct could cause injury in the hands of a child.
Do not place heavy objects on the camera. This can
cause the heavy object to tip over or fall and
cause injury.
Do not move the camera while the AC power adapter
is still connected. Do not pull on the connection cord
to disconnect the AC power adapter. This can dam-
age the power cord or cables and cause a fi re
or electric shock.
Do not use the AC power adapter if the plug is dam-
aged or the plug socket connection is loose. This
could cause fi re or electric shock.
Do not cover or wrap the camera or the AC power
adapter in a cloth or blanket. This can cause heat
to build up and distort the casing or cause a fi re.
iv ENGLISH
CAUTION
CAUTION
When you are cleaning the camera or you do not
plan to use the camera for an extended period, re-
move the battery and disconnect and unplug the AC
power adapter. Failure to do so can cause a fi re
or electric shock.
When charging ends, unplug the charger from the
power socket. Leaving the charger plugged into
the power socket can cause a fi re.
Using a  ash too close to a person’s eyes may tempo-
rarily a ect the eyesight. Take particular care when
photographing infants and young children.
Remove your  ngers from the  ash window before
the ash res. Failure to observe this precaution
could result in burns.
Keep the  ash window clean and do not use the
ash if the window is obstructed. Failure to ob-
serve these precautions could cause smoke or
discoloration.
IMPORTANT NOTICE:
Read Before Using the Software
Direct or indirect export, in whole or in part, of
licensed software without the permission of
the applicable governing bodies is prohibited.
Using the Camera
Do not aim the camera at extremely bright
light sources, such as the sun in a cloudless
sky. Failure to observe this precaution could
damage the camera image sensor.
Li-ion Batteries
Li-ion Batteries
The following describes the proper use of
batteries and how to prolong their life. Incor-
rect use can shorten battery life or cause leak-
age, overheating, fi re, or explosion.
The battery is not charged at shipment.
Charge the battery before use. Keep the bat-
tery in its case when not in use.
■Storage
Performance may be impaired if the battery is
left unused for extended periods when fully
charged. Run the battery fl at before storing it.
If the camera will not be used for an extended
period, remove the battery and store it in a dry
place with an ambient temperature of from
+15 °C to +25 °C (+59 °F to +77 °F). Do not store
in locations exposed to extremes of temperature.
■Cautions: Handling the Battery
• Use with designated chargers only.
• Do not expose to water.
• Keep the terminals clean.
• The battery and camera body may become
warm to the touch after extended use. This
is normal. An AC power adapter is recom-
mended for periods of extended use.
Do not transport or store batteries
with metal objects such as necklaces
or hairpins.
Do not expose to fl ame or heat.
Disposal
Disposal
Dispose of used batteries in accordance with lo-
cal regulations. Before disposing of the camera,
including the batteries or accumulators, contact
the local authorities in charge of waste manage-
ment for information on correct disposal.
Liquid Crystal
Liquid Crystal
In the event that the LCD monitor is dam-
aged, care should be taken to avoid contact
with liquid crystal. Take the urgent action
indicated should any of the following situa-
tions arise:
• If liquid crystal comes in contact with your skin,
clean the area with a cloth and then wash
thoroughly with soap and running water.
• If liquid crystal enters your eyes, fl ush the af-
fected eye with clean water for at least 15
minutes and then seek medical assistance.
• If liquid crystal is swallowed, rinse your
mouth thoroughly with water. Drink large
quantities of water and induce vomiting,
then seek medical assistance.
Although the display is manufactured using
extremely high-precision technology, it may
contain pixels that are always lit or that do not
light. This is not a malfunction, and images re-
corded with the product are unaff ected.
Notes on Copyright
Notes on Copyright
Unless intended solely for personal use, imag-
es recorded using your digital camera system
cannot be used in ways that infringe copy-
right laws without the consent of the owner.
Note that some restrictions apply to the
photographing of stage performances, enter-
tainments, and exhibits, even when intended
purely for personal use. Users are also asked
to note that the transfer of memory cards
containing images or data protected under
copyright laws is only permissible within the
restrictions imposed by those copyright laws.
NOTICES
To prevent  re or shock hazard, do not ex-
pose the unit to rain or moisture.
Please read the “Safety Notes” and make
sure you understand them before using
the camera.
Perchlorate Material—special handling
may apply. See http://www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
vENGLISH
Trademark Information
Trademark Information
xD-Picture Card and E are trademarks
of FUJIFILM Corporation. The typefaces in-
cluded herein are solely developed by Dyna-
Comware Taiwan Inc. Macintosh, QuickTime,
and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc. in
the U.S.A. and other countries. Windows7,
Windows Vista, and the Windows logo are
trademarks of the Microsoft group of com-
panies. Adobe and Adobe Reader are either
trademarks or registered trademarks of Ado-
be Systems Incorporated in the U.S.A. and/
or other countries. The SDHC and SDXC logos
are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. The HDMI logo
is a trademark. YouTube is a trademark of
Google Inc. All other trade names mentioned
in this manual are the trademarks or regis-
tered trademarks of their respective owners.
For Customers in the U. S. A.
For Customers in the U. S. A.
Tested To Comply With FCC Standards
FOR HOME OR OFFICE USE
FCC Statement: This device complies with Part 15
of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-
lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device
must accept any interference received, including
interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION: This equipment has been tested and
found to comply with the limits for a Class B dig-
ital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
These limits are designed to provide reasonable
protection against harmful interference in a resi-
dential installation. This equipment generates,
uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in accordance with
the instructions, may cause harmful interfer-
ence to radio communications. However, there
is no guarantee that interference will not occur
in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined
by turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by
one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equip-
ment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on
a circuit diff erent from that to which the
receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/
TV technician for help.
• You are cautioned that any changes or
modifi cations not expressly approved in
this manual could void the user’s authority
to operate the equipment.
Notes on the Grant: To comply with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules, this product must be used with
a Fujifi lm-specifi ed ferrite-core A/V cable, USB
cable, and DC supply cord.
For Customers in Canada
For Customers in Canada
CAUTION: This Class B digital apparatus com-
plies with Canadian ICES-003.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
• Read these instructions.
• Keep these instructions.
• Heed all warnings.
• Follow all instructions.
• Do not use this apparatus near water.
• Clean only with a dry cloth.
• Do not block any ventilation openings. In-
stall in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions.
• Do not install near any heat sources such as
radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other appa-
ratus (including amplifi ers) that produce heat.
• Protect the power cord from being walked
on or pinched particularly at plugs, conve-
nience receptacles, and the point where
they exit from the apparatus.
• Only use attachments/accessories specifi ed
by the manufacturer.
• Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms
or when unused for long periods of time.
• Refer all servicing to qualifi ed service per-
sonal. Servicing is required when the appa-
ratus has been damaged in any way, such
as power supply cord or plug is damaged,
liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen
into the apparatus, the apparatus has been
exposed to rain or moisture, does not oper-
ate normally, or has been dropped.
Caring for the Camera
To ensure continued enjoyment of the prod-
uct, observe the following precautions.
Storage and Use
Storage and Use
If the camera will not be used for an extended
period, remove the battery and memory card.
Do not store or use the camera in locations
that are:
• exposed to rain, steam, or smoke
• very humid or extremely dusty
• exposed to direct sunlight or very high tempera-
tures, such as in a closed vehicle on a sunny day
• extremely cold
• subject to strong vibration
• exposed to strong magnetic fi elds, such as
near a broadcasting antenna, power line,
radar emitter, motor, transformer, or magnet
• in contact with volatile chemicals such as
pesticides
• next to rubber or vinyl products
■Water and Sand
Exposure to water and sand can also damage
the camera and its internal circuitry and mecha-
nisms. When using the camera at the beach or
seaside, avoid exposing the camera to water or
sand. Do not place the camera on a wet surface.
vi ENGLISH
■Condensation
Sudden increases in temperature, such as oc-
cur when entering a heated building on a cold
day, can cause condensation inside the camera.
If this occurs, turn the camera off and wait an
hour before turning it on again. If condensa-
tion forms on the memory card, remove the
card and wait for the condensation to dissipate.
Cleaning
Cleaning
Use a blower to remove dust from the protec-
tive glass covering the lens and LCD monitor,
then gently wipe with a soft, dry cloth. Any
remaining stains can be removed by wiping
gently with a piece of FUJIFILM lens-cleaning
paper to which a small amount of lens-
cleaning fl uid has been applied. Care should
be taken to avoid scratching the protective
glass or LCD monitor. The camera body can
be cleaned with a soft, dry cloth. Do not use
alcohol, thinner, or other volatile chemicals.
Traveling
Traveling
Keep the camera in your carry-on baggage.
Checked baggage may suff er violent shocks
that could damage the camera.
Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in
Disposal of Electrical and Electronic Equipment in
Private Households
Private Households
In the European Union, Norway,
Iceland and Liechtenstein: This
symbol on the product, or in the
manual and in the warranty, and/
or on its packaging indicates that
this product shall not be treated
as household waste. Instead it
should be taken to an applicable
collection point for the recycling
of electrical and electronic equip-
ment.
By ensuring this product is disposed of cor-
rectly, you will help prevent potential nega-
tive consequences to the environment and
human health, which could otherwise be
caused by inappropriate waste handling of
this product.
This symbol on the batteries or
accumulators indicates that those
batteries shall not be treated as
household waste.
If your equipment contains easy removable
batteries or accumulators please dispose
these separately according to your local re-
quirements.
The recycling of materials will help to con-
serve natural resources. For more detailed
information about recycling this product,
please contact your local city offi ce, your
household waste disposal service or the shop
where you purchased the product.
In Countries Outside the European Union, Norway,
Iceland and Liechtenstein: If you wish to discard
this product, including the batteries or accu-
mulators, please contact your local authori-
ties and ask for the correct way of disposal.
viiENGLISH
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Product Features and Precautions for Use ....................ii
Be sure to read these notes before use .......................iii
Getting Started
Getting Started
Supplied Accessories .........................................................1
Charging the Battery ........................................................1
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card .......................2
Turning the Camera On .....................................................2
Taking Pictures ..................................................................3
Viewing Pictures ...............................................................4
Deleting Pictures ...............................................................4
Troubleshooting ................................................................4
Movies
Movies
Recording Movies ..............................................................5
Viewing Movies .................................................................7
Reference
Reference
Parts of the Camera ..........................................................8
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options ..........................9
1ENGLISH
Getting Started
Getting Started
Supplied Accessories
Supplied Accessories
qw
e
r
y
t
q NP-50A rechargeable battery w BC-50A battery charger
e Plug adapter (Shape of adapter varies with region of sale.)
r USB cable t Strap y CD-ROM
• Basic Manual (this document)
• Owner’s Manual (may be distributed on CD in some countries or regions)
Attach the strap as shown.
Memory Cards
Memory Cards
Pictures can be stored in the camera’s internal memory or on optional SD, SDHC, and SDXC memory
cards, referred to in this manual as “memory cards.”
Charging the Battery
Charging the Battery
The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge the battery before use.
1
Attach the plug adapter as shown below, mak-
ing sure that it is fully inserted and clicks into
place on the charger terminals.
QThe plug adapter is
exclusively for use
with the supplied
battery charger. Do
not use it with other
devices.
Plug adapter
Battery charger
2
Insert the battery in the orientation indicated
by the DFC labels.
DFC
label
Charge lamp
Arrow
DFC label
Battery
3
Plug the charger in. The charging indicator will
light.
4
Remove the battery when the indicator lamp
glows green to show that charging is com-
plete.
2ENGLISH Getting Started
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
1
Open the battery-chamber cover.
Release the latch
(q) and safety lock
(w) and open the
battery-chamber
cover (e).
RBe sure the cam-
era is off before opening the cover.
2
Insert the battery.
Align the orange
stripe on the battery
with the orange bat-
tery latch and slide
the battery into the
camera, keeping the battery latch pressed to
one side. Confi rm that the battery is securely
latched.
3
Insert a memory card as shown, stopping
when it clicks into place at the back of the slot.
Click
RBe sure the card is in the correct orienta-
tion; do not insert at an angle or use force.
4
Close the battery-
chamber cover.
Close the cover (q)
and then close the
latch (w) and safety
lock (e).
QDo not use excessive force when handling
the battery-chamber cover.
Turning the Camera On
Turning the Camera On
Press the ON/OFF button to turn the camera on. The camera can be
turned off by pressing the ON/OFF button again.
Language Selection/Setting the Camera Clock
Language Selection/Setting the Camera Clock
A language-selection dialog is displayed the fi rst time the camera is turned on. Highlight a language
and press MENU/OK. You will then be prompted to set the camera clock; press the selector left or right
to highlight the year, month, day, hour, or minute and press up or down to change (to change the order
in which the year, month, and day are displayed, highlight the date format and press the selector up or
down). Press MENU/OK when settings are complete.
eqw
q
w e
3ENGLISH Getting Started
Q
Q
mode
mode
In this mode, the camera automatically analyzes the composition and adjusts
settings appropriately.
The camera selects the scene according to shooting conditions and the type
of subject: b PORTRAIT (portraits), c LANDSCAPE (landscapes), d NIGHT (poorly-lit
landscapes), e MACRO (close ups), f NIGHT PORTRAIT (poorly-lit portraits), g BACK-
LIT PORTRAIT (backlit portraits), a AUTO (all other scenes)
The g Icon
The scene icon
g is displayed in the monitor to indicate that the camera is continuously adjusting focus and searching
for faces, increasing the drain on the battery.
Taking Pictures
Taking Pictures
This section describes how to take pictures in Q (scene recognition) mode.
1
Turn the camera on.
2
Use the zoom control to frame the picture in
the display.
Zoom indicator
Zoom out (WIDE) Zoom in (TELE)
3
Press the shutter button halfway to focus. If
the camera is able to focus, it will beep twice
and the indicator lamp will glow green; to take
the picture, smoothly press the shutter button
the rest of the way down.
Double
beep Click
Press halfway to focus Press the rest of the
way to shoot
4ENGLISH Getting Started
Viewing Pictures
Viewing Pictures
To view pictures, press a. Your most recent picture will be displayed;
press the selector left or right to view additional images.
To zoom in on the current picture, select T with the zoom control
and use the selector to view areas of the image not currently visible
in the display.
Select W to increase the number of images displayed or T to view
fewer images.
Deleting Pictures
Deleting Pictures
To delete a picture, display it full frame and press the selector up (b), and
select a picture for deletion.
To exit playback and return to shooting mode, press the shutter but-
ton.
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Problem
Problem
Solution
Solution
The camera does not
The camera does not
turn on.
turn on.
•
•
The battery is exhausted
The battery is exhausted
: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery.
: Charge the battery or insert a fully-charged spare battery.
•
•
The battery is inserted incorrectly
The battery is inserted incorrectly
: Reinsert in the correct orientation.
: Reinsert in the correct orientation.
•
•
The battery-chamber cover is not latched
The battery-chamber cover is not latched
: Latch the battery-chamber cover.
: Latch the battery-chamber cover.
For additional troubleshooting information, visit http://www.fujifilm.com/.
For more information, see the supplied Owner’s Manual (CD) or visit http://www.fujifilm.com/
products/digital_cameras/index.html.
5ENGLISH
Movies
Movies
Recording Movies
Recording Movies
Press t to shoot a movie. During recording, y REC
and the time remaining will be displayed in the LCD
monitor and sound will be recorded via the built-in
microphone (be careful not to cover the microphone
during recording).
12
s
12
s
REC
Time available is displayed
in monitor
To end recording, press the t button again. Recording ends automatically
when the movie reaches maximum length or memory is full.
RZoom can be adjusted while recording is in progress. The type of zoom can be se-
lected using the p MOVIE ZOOM TYPE option in the setup menu.
RFocus, exposure and white balance are adjusted automatically throughout record-
ing (the focus mode can be selected using the F MOVIE AF MODE option in
the shooting menu). The color and brightness of the image may vary from that
displayed before recording begins.
RSounds made by the camera may be recorded.
6ENGLISHMovies
Recording Movies
QThe indicator lamp lights while movies are being recorded. Do not open the bat-
tery chamber during shooting or while the indicator lamp is lit. Failure to observe
this precaution could prevent the movie from being played back.
QVertical or horizontal streaks may appear in movies containing very bright subjects.
This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
QThe temperature of the camera may rise if it is used to record movies for an ex-
tended period or if the ambient temperature is high. This is normal and does not
indicate a malfunction.
Movie Frame Size
Movie Frame Size
Before recording, select a frame size using the WMOVIE MODE option in the
shooting menu.
Option
Option
Description
Description
i 1920 (1920 × 1080) Full HD (High De nition).
h 1280
(1280 × 720)
High De nition.
f ( 640 × 480) Standard de nition.
k 640 × 480 (80 fps)High speed movie. Sound is not recorded, and focus, exposure, and white
balance are not adjusted automatically.
k 320 × 240 (160 fps)
k 320 × 240 (240 fps)
7ENGLISH Movies
Viewing Movies
Viewing Movies
During playback, movies are displayed in the LCD monitor
as shown at right. The following operations can be per-
formed while a movie is displayed:
Option
Option
Description
Description
Start/pause
Start/pause
playback
playback
Press the selector down to start playback. Press again to
pause.
End playback/
End playback/
delete
delete
Press the selector up to end playback. If playback is not in
progress, pressing the selector up will delete the movie.
Adjust speed
Adjust speed Press the selector left or right to adjust playback speed dur-
ing playback.
Adjust volume
Adjust volume
Press MENU/OK to pause playback and display volume con-
trols. Press the selector up or down to adjust the volume
and press MENU/OK to exit. Volume can also be adjusted
from the setup menu.
PLAY
100-006
100-006
Playback Speed
Playback Speed
Press the selector left or right to adjust playback speed. Speed is
shown by the number of arrows (M or N).
Arrow
STOP PAUSE
5m42s
QDo not cover the speaker during playback.
8ENGLISH
Reference
Reference
Parts of the Camera
Parts of the Camera
Selector button
Move cursor up/
d (exposure compensation)/b (delete) button MENU/OK button
Move cursor right/N ( ash) buttonMove cursor left/F (macro) button
Move cursor down/h (self-timer) button
DISP (display)/BACK button
a (playback) button
Microphone (P 5)
Speaker (P 7)
• a button: View pictures (P 4).
• DISP/BACK button: View or hide indicators or cancel the current operation.
Press and hold to disable the speaker and  ash in situations in which lights
and sounds produced by the camera may be unwelcome.
9ENGLISH Reference
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
■
■
Using the Selector (
Using the Selector (
F
F
,
,
h
h
,
, N
, or
, or
d
d
) During Shooting
) During Shooting
Option
Option
Description
Description
Control
Control
F
F
Macro
Macro Take close-ups of small objects. Press the selector
left (F)
FOFF
h
h
Self-timer
Self-timer
Reduce blur or shoot self-portraits.
Reduce blur or shoot self-portraits. Press the selector
down (h)
T
a
a
g
gSR
N
N
Flash
Flash Use the  ash for additional lighting. Press the selector
right (N)
AUTO/KN
/LO
/MP
d
d
Exposure
Exposure
compensation
compensation
Photograph very bright, very dark, or high contrast
subjects.
Press the selector
up (d)
10ENGLISH Reference
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
■
■
Using the Selector During Shooting (All Modes)
Using the Selector During Shooting (All Modes)
Option
Option
Description
Description
Control
Control
A
A
SHOOTING MODE
SHOOTING MODE
Choose a shooting mode according to the type of subject.
Choose a shooting mode according to the type of subject.
Press MENU/OK
and navigate
with the selector
N
N
ISO
ISO Control the camera’s sensitivity to light.
O
O
IMAGE SIZE
IMAGE SIZE Choose the size and aspect ratio at which pictures are recorded.
T
T
IMAGE QUALITY
IMAGE QUALITY Choose how much image  les are compressed.
P
P
FINEPIX COLOR
FINEPIX COLOR
Enhance contrast and color saturation or take pictures in black
Enhance contrast and color saturation or take pictures in black
and white.
and white.
D
D
WHITE BALANCE
WHITE BALANCE
Adjust colors to compensate for di erent colored light sources.
Adjust colors to compensate for di erent colored light sources.
R
R
CONTINUOUS
CONTINUOUS Capture motion in a series of pictures.
b
b
FACE DETECTION
FACE DETECTION Choose whether the camera detects and sets focus and exposure
for portrait subjects.
F
F
AF MODE
AF MODE
This option controls how the camera selects the focus area for
This option controls how the camera selects the focus area for
photographs.
photographs.
F
F
MOVIE AF MODE
MOVIE AF MODE
This option controls how the camera selects the focus area for
This option controls how the camera selects the focus area for
movies.
movies.
W
W
MOVIE MODE
MOVIE MODE
Choose a frame size for movies.
Choose a frame size for movies.
q
q
LED ILLUMINATOR
LED ILLUMINATOR
Choose whether the LED lights to illuminate nearby subjects
Choose whether the LED lights to illuminate nearby subjects
when lighting is poor.
when lighting is poor.
11 ENGLISH Reference
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
■
■
Using the Selector During Playback (the Playback Menu)
Using the Selector During Playback (the Playback Menu)
Option
Option
Description
Description
Control
Control
k
k
PHOTOBOOK ASSIST
PHOTOBOOK ASSIST Create books from your favorite photos.
Press a to start
playback, press
MENU/OK, and
navigate with the
selector
+
+
b
b
IMAGE SEARCH
IMAGE SEARCH Search for pictures.
x
x
ERASE
ERASE Delete all or selected pictures.
c
c
EDIT
EDIT
Create a retouched copy of the current picture.
Create a retouched copy of the current picture.
n
n
MOVIE EDIT
MOVIE EDIT
Edit movies.
Edit movies.
j
j
MARK FOR UPLOAD
MARK FOR UPLOAD
TO
TO
Select pictures for upload to YouTube or Facebook using
Select pictures for upload to YouTube or Facebook using
MyFinePix Studio (Windows only).
MyFinePix Studio (Windows only).
I
I
SLIDE SHOW
SLIDE SHOW View pictures in an automated slide show.
B
B
RED EYE REMOVAL
RED EYE REMOVAL Remove red-eye from pictures taken with Intelligent Face De-
tection.
D
D
PROTECT
PROTECT Protect pictures from accidental deletion.
G
G
CROP
CROP Create a cropped copy of the current picture.
O
O
RESIZE
RESIZE
Create a small copy of the current picture.
Create a small copy of the current picture.
C
C
IMAGE ROTATE
IMAGE ROTATE
Rotate pictures for display.
Rotate pictures for display.
E
E
COPY
COPY Copy pictures from internal memory to a memory card.
K
K
PRINT ORDER (DPOF)
PRINT ORDER (DPOF) Select pictures for printing on DPOF- and PictBridge compatible
devices.
J
J
DISP ASPECT
DISP ASPECT Choose how High De nition (HD) devices display pictures with
an aspect ratio of 4 : 3.
12ENGLISH Reference
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
■
■
The Setup Menu
The Setup Menu
Option
Option
Description
Description
Control
Control
F
F
DATE/TIME
DATE/TIME Set the camera clock.
Display the shooting
or playback menu and
press the selector left to
highlight the menu tab,
then press the selector
down to highlight X
and press the selector
right to place the cursor
in the setup menu
EXIT
SET-UP
Tab
N
N
TIME DIFFERENCE
TIME DIFFERENCE Set the clock to local time.
L
L
a
aChoose a language.
o
o
SILENT MODE
SILENT MODE Select ON to disable the speaker and  ash in situations in which
camera sounds or lights may be unwelcome.
R
R
RESET
RESET Reset settings to default values.
K
K
FORMAT
FORMAT Format the memory card or internal memory.
A
A
IMAGE DISP.
IMAGE DISP.
Choose how long pictures are displayed in the LCD monitor after
Choose how long pictures are displayed in the LCD monitor after
shooting.
shooting.
B
B
FRAME NO.
FRAME NO. Choose how  les are named.
G
G
OPERATION VOL.
OPERATION VOL.
Adjust the volume of the sounds produced when camera con-
Adjust the volume of the sounds produced when camera con-
trols are operated.
trols are operated.
H
H
SHUTTER VOLUME
SHUTTER VOLUME
Adjust the volume of the sounds produced when the shutter is
Adjust the volume of the sounds produced when the shutter is
released.
released.
e
e
SOUND
SOUND
Choose the sounds used for the shutter, at startup, and for cam-
Choose the sounds used for the shutter, at startup, and for cam-
era controls.
era controls.
I
I
PLAYBACK VOLUME
PLAYBACK VOLUME
Adjust the volume for movie playback.
Adjust the volume for movie playback.
13 ENGLISH Reference
Shooting, Playback, and Setup Options
Option
Option
Description
Description
Control
Control
J
J
LCD BRIGHTNESS
LCD BRIGHTNESS
Control the brightness of the display.
Control the brightness of the display.
Display the shooting
or playback menu and
press the selector left to
highlight the menu tab,
then press the selector
down to highlight X
and press the selector
right to place the cursor
in the setup menu
EXIT
SET-UP
Tab
E
E
LCD MODE
LCD MODE
Choose whether the display automatically dims to save power.
Choose whether the display automatically dims to save power.
M
M
AUTO POWER OFF
AUTO POWER OFF Choose the auto power o delay.
L
L
DUAL IS MODE
DUAL IS MODE Image stabilization options.
B
B
RED EYE REMOVAL
RED EYE REMOVAL Reduce “red-eye”.
D
D
DIGITAL ZOOM
DIGITAL ZOOM Enable or disable digital zoom.
p
p
MOVIE ZOOM TYPE
MOVIE ZOOM TYPE
Choose the zoom type when recording movies.
Choose the zoom type when recording movies.
t
t
SAVE ORIGINAL
SAVE ORIGINAL
IMAGE
IMAGE
Choose ON to save unprocessed copies of pictures taken using
B RED EYE REMOVAL, j PRO LOW-LIGHT, or
k D-RANGE PRIORITY.
m
m
AUTOROTATE PB
AUTOROTATE PB
(XP150/XP160 Only)
(XP150/XP160 Only)
Choose ON to automatically rotate “tall” (portrait-orientation)
pictures during playback.
c
c
GUIDANCE DISPLAY
GUIDANCE DISPLAY
Choose whether to display tool tips.
Choose whether to display tool tips.
Q
Q
VIDEO SYSTEM
VIDEO SYSTEM
Choose a video mode for connection to a TV.
Choose a video mode for connection to a TV.
U
U
DATE STAMP
DATE STAMP
Stamp the time and/or date of recording on photographs as
Stamp the time and/or date of recording on photographs as
they are taken.
they are taken.
R
R
DEMONSTRATION
DEMONSTRATION
(XP150/XP160 Only)
(XP150/XP160 Only)
Choose
Choose
ON
ON
for a GPS demo. This option should normally be left
for a GPS demo. This option should normally be left
OFF
OFF
.
.
iiFRANÇAIS
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d'emploi
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d'emploi
■
■
Résistance à l’eau, à la poussière et aux
Résistance à l’eau, à la poussière et aux
chocs
chocs
Q
Q
L’appareil photo est en conformité avec
L’appareil photo est en conformité avec
la norme de classe 8 JIS pour la résis-
la norme de classe 8 JIS pour la résis-
tance à l’eau et la norme de classe 6 JIS
tance à l’eau et la norme de classe 6 JIS
(IP68) pour la résistance à la poussière.
(IP68) pour la résistance à la poussière.
Il a réussi les tests de chute de FUJIFILM
Il a réussi les tests de chute de FUJIFILM
(hauteur de chute : 1,5m ; surface
(hauteur de chute : 1,5m ; surface
d’impact : contreplaqué, épaisseur
d’impact : contreplaqué, épaisseur
5 cm) en conformité avec MIL-STD 810F,
5 cm) en conformité avec MIL-STD 810F,
Méthode 516.5 : Choc. Ces résultats pro-
Méthode 516.5 : Choc. Ces résultats pro-
viennent de tests réalisés en interne et
viennent de tests réalisés en interne et
ne constituent pas une garantie globale
ne constituent pas une garantie globale
de résistance à l’eau ou d’invulnérabilité
de résistance à l’eau ou d’invulnérabilité
face aux dommages ou à la destruction.
face aux dommages ou à la destruction.
Les accessoires fournis avec l’appareil
Les accessoires fournis avec l’appareil
photo ne sont pas résistants à l’eau.
photo ne sont pas résistants à l’eau.
■
■
Avant toute utilisation
Avant toute utilisation
Q
Q
La surface avant de l’objectif de
La surface avant de l’objectif de
l’appareil photo est protégée par du
l’appareil photo est protégée par du
verre. Tout élément présent sur le verre
verre. Tout élément présent sur le verre
apparaîtra sur les photos: veillez à ce
apparaîtra sur les photos: veillez à ce
que le verre reste toujours propre.
que le verre reste toujours propre.
Q
Q
Assurez-vous que le couvercle du
Assurez-vous que le couvercle du
compartiment de la batterie et le cache-
compartiment de la batterie et le cache-
bornes sont verrouillés correctement.
bornes sont verrouillés correctement.
La présence d’eau, de boue ou de sable
La présence d’eau, de boue ou de sable
dans l’appareil photo pourrait provo-
dans l’appareil photo pourrait provo-
quer son dysfonctionnement.
quer son dysfonctionnement.
Q
Q
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
couvercle du compartiment de la
couvercle du compartiment de la
batterie ou le cache-bornes avec les
batterie ou le cache-bornes avec les
mains mouillées ou à proximité d’eau,
mains mouillées ou à proximité d’eau,
par exemple si vous êtes dans l’eau ou
par exemple si vous êtes dans l’eau ou
au bord de l’eau.
au bord de l’eau.
Q
Q
Véri ez que l’appareil photo est
Véri ez que l’appareil photo est
totalement sec avant d’insérer ou de
totalement sec avant d’insérer ou de
retirer les batteries/piles ou les cartes
retirer les batteries/piles ou les cartes
mémoire ou encore de raccorder le
mémoire ou encore de raccorder le
câble USB ou A/V.
câble USB ou A/V.
Q
Q
L’appareil photo ne  otte pas. Assurez-
L’appareil photo ne  otte pas. Assurez-
vous de bien  xer la dragonne et
vous de bien  xer la dragonne et
d’enrouler cette dernière autour de
d’enrouler cette dernière autour de
votre poignet lorsque vous utilisez
votre poignet lorsque vous utilisez
l’appareil photo.
l’appareil photo.
■
■
Utilisation
Utilisation
Q
Q
Utilisez cet appareil photo sous l’eau à
Utilisez cet appareil photo sous l’eau à
des profondeurs de 5 m maximum et
des profondeurs de 5 m maximum et
pendant des durées inférieures à 120
pendant des durées inférieures à 120
minutes.
minutes.
Q
Q
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le cou-
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le cou-
vercle du compartiment de la batterie
vercle du compartiment de la batterie
sous l’eau.
sous l’eau.
Q
Q
N’utilisez pas cet appareil photo dans
N’utilisez pas cet appareil photo dans
des sources thermales ou des piscines
des sources thermales ou des piscines
chau ées.
chau ées.
Q
Q
Ne plongez pas avec l’appareil photo
Ne plongez pas avec l’appareil photo
ou ne le soumettez pas à une pression
ou ne le soumettez pas à une pression
excessive quelle que soit sa nature.
excessive quelle que soit sa nature.
Q
Q
Si vous laissez l’appareil photo sur
Si vous laissez l’appareil photo sur
le sable, sa température risque de
le sable, sa température risque de
dépasser les limites de fonctionnement.
dépasser les limites de fonctionnement.
Le sable peut également s’in ltrer dans
Le sable peut également s’in ltrer dans
le haut-parleur ou le microphone.
le haut-parleur ou le microphone.
Q
Q
Les crèmes et laits solaires ou toute
Les crèmes et laits solaires ou toute
autre substance grasse peuvent décolo-
autre substance grasse peuvent décolo-
rer le boîtier de l’appareil photo. Essuyez
rer le boîtier de l’appareil photo. Essuyez
toute trace avec un chi on humide.
toute trace avec un chi on humide.
Q
Q
L’appareil photo risque de perdre sa
L’appareil photo risque de perdre sa
résistance à l’eau s’il est soumis à une
résistance à l’eau s’il est soumis à une
pression ou à des vibrations excessives.
pression ou à des vibrations excessives.
Consultez votre revendeur ou un répara-
Consultez votre revendeur ou un répara-
teur agréé FUJIFILM.
teur agréé FUJIFILM.
■
■
Après toute utilisation
Après toute utilisation
Q
Q
Retirez tout élément éventuellement
Retirez tout élément éventuellement
présent sur le joint d’étanchéité et les
présent sur le joint d’étanchéité et les
surfaces adjacentes. Ces éléments pour-
surfaces adjacentes. Ces éléments pour-
raient endommager le joint, entraînant
raient endommager le joint, entraînant
une diminution de la résistance à l’eau.
une diminution de la résistance à l’eau.
Q
Q
Après avoir utilisé l’appareil photo
Après avoir utilisé l’appareil photo
sous l’eau ou dans des endroits où des
sous l’eau ou dans des endroits où des
éléments extérieurs risquent d’adhérer
éléments extérieurs risquent d’adhérer
au boîtier, rincez l’appareil photo au
au boîtier, rincez l’appareil photo au
robinet ou faites-le tremper dans une
robinet ou faites-le tremper dans une
bassine d’eau douce pendant deux à
bassine d’eau douce pendant deux à
trois minutes.
trois minutes.
Q
Q
N’utilisez jamais de savons liquides, de
N’utilisez jamais de savons liquides, de
détergents, d’alcool et d’autres net-
détergents, d’alcool et d’autres net-
toyants car ils peuvent compromettre la
toyants car ils peuvent compromettre la
résistance à l’eau de l’appareil photo.
résistance à l’eau de l’appareil photo.
Q
Q
Après toute utilisation, essuyez les
Après toute utilisation, essuyez les
gouttes d’eau et tout autre élément
gouttes d’eau et tout autre élément
avec un chi on sec, verrouillez bien
avec un chi on sec, verrouillez bien
le couvercle du compartiment de la
le couvercle du compartiment de la
batterie et faites tremper l’appareil
batterie et faites tremper l’appareil
photo dans de l’eau douce pendant dix
photo dans de l’eau douce pendant dix
minutes environ. Essuyez soigneuse-
minutes environ. Essuyez soigneuse-
ment l’appareil photo après l’avoir sorti
ment l’appareil photo après l’avoir sorti
de l’eau.
de l’eau.
■
■
Stockage et maintenance
Stockage et maintenance
Q
Q
Ne rangez pas l’appareil photo à des
Ne rangez pas l’appareil photo à des
températures inférieures à 0 °C ou
températures inférieures à 0 °C ou
supérieures à 40 °C.
supérieures à 40 °C.
Q
Q
Pour garantir une résistance à l’eau
Pour garantir une résistance à l’eau
permanente, il est recommandé de
permanente, il est recommandé de
remplacer le joint d’étanchéité environ
remplacer le joint d’étanchéité environ
une fois par an (ce service est payant).
une fois par an (ce service est payant).
Prenez contact avec votre revendeur
Prenez contact avec votre revendeur
ou un réparateur agréé FUJIFILM pour
ou un réparateur agréé FUJIFILM pour
obtenir plus d’informations.
obtenir plus d’informations.
■
■
Climats froids
Climats froids
Q
Q
Les performances des batteries
Les performances des batteries
diminuent à basse température, ce qui a
diminuent à basse température, ce qui a
pour conséquence de réduire le nombre
pour conséquence de réduire le nombre
de prises de vues possible. Isolez l’appa-
de prises de vues possible. Isolez l’appa-
reil photo pour le maintenir au chaud
reil photo pour le maintenir au chaud
ou placez-le dans vos vêtements.
ou placez-le dans vos vêtements.
Q
Q
Utilisez une batterie NP-50A.
Utilisez une batterie NP-50A.
Q
Q
Il se peut que l’a chage mette plus de
Il se peut que l’a chage mette plus de
temps à réagir à basse température. Il ne
temps à réagir à basse température. Il ne
s’agit pas d’un dysfonctionnement.
s’agit pas d’un dysfonctionnement.
iii FRANÇAIS
Lisez attentivement ces remarques avant toute utilisation
Consignes de sécurité
• Veillez à utiliser correctement votre appareil photo.
Pour cela, lisez attentivement ces remarques rela-
tives à la sécurité et votre Manuel du propriétaire
avant toute utilisation.
• Après avoir lu ces remarques relatives à la sécurité,
rangez-les dans un endroit sûr.
À propos des icônes
Les icônes illustrées ci-dessous sont utilisées dans
ce document pour indiquer le degré de gravité des
blessures ou dommages qui peuvent se produire si
vous n’observez pas les informations indiquées par
l’icône et si, en conséquence, vous utilisez ce produit
de manière incorrecte.
AVERTISSE-
MENT
Cette icône indique que le fait de
ne pas observer les informations
mentionnées peut entraîner la mort
ou des blessures graves.
ATTENTION
Cette icône indique que le fait de ne
pas observer les informations men-
tionnées peut entraîner des blessures
ou endommager le matériel.
AVERTISSEMENT
AVERTISSEMENT
En cas de problème, éteignez l’appareil photo, retirez
la batterie, déconnectez et débranchez l’adaptateur
secteur. Si vous continuez à utiliser l’appareil
photo lorsqu’il dégage de la fumée, une odeur
inhabituelle ou dans d’autres conditions anor-
males, cela peut provoquer un incendie ou une
décharge électrique. Prenez contact avec votre
revendeur FUJIFILM.
Ne laissez pas de l’eau ou des objets pénétrer dans
l’appareil photo. Si de l’eau ou des objets pénè-
trent à l’intérieur de l’appareil photo, éteignez
ce dernier, retirez la batterie, déconnectez
et débranchez l’adaptateur secteur. Si vous
continuez à utiliser l’appareil photo dans ces
conditions, cela peut provoquer un incendie ou
une décharge électrique. Prenez contact avec
votre revendeur FUJIFILM.
N’utilisez pas l’appareil photo dans une salle de bain ou
une douche . Cela peut provoquer un incendie
ou une décharge électrique.
AVERTISSEMENT
AVERTISSEMENT
N’essayez jamais de modi er ou de démonter l’appareil
photo (n’ouvrez jamais le boîtier) Le non-respect de
cette précaution peut provoquer un incendie
ou une décharge électrique.
Dans le cas où le boîtier s’ouvrirait suite à une chute ou
à un autre accident, ne touchez pas aux pièces mises à
nu. Le non-respect de cette précaution pourrait
provoquer une décharge électrique ou une
blessure suite à la manipulation des pièces
endommagées. Retirez immédiatement la bat-
terie, en évitant de vous blesser ou de recevoir
une décharge électrique, puis con ez le produit
au revendeur d’origine pour le faire véri er.
Ne modi ez pas, ne chau ez pas, ne tordez pas ou
ne tirez pas indûment sur le cordon de connexion et
ne posez pas d’objets lourds dessus. Ceci risque
d’endommager le cordon et de provoquer
un incendie ou une décharge électrique. Si le
cordon est endommagé, prenez contact avec
votre revendeur FUJIFILM.
Ne posez pas l’appareil photo sur un plan instable. L’ap-
pareil photo pourrait tomber ou se renverser et
provoquer des blessures.
N’essayez jamais de prendre des photos quand vous
bougez. N’utilisez pas l’appareil photo pendant
que vous marchez ou que vous conduisez.
Vous pourriez tomber ou être impliqué dans
un accident de la circulation.
Pendant les orages, ne touchez aucune pièce métallique de
l’appareil photo. Vous pourriez être électrocuté par
le courant induit par une décharge de foudre.
N’utilisez pas de batteries autres que celles préconisées.
Chargez la batterie comme indiqué par
l’indicateur.
Ne faites pas chau er, ne modi ez pas ou ne démontez
pas la batterie. Ne la faites pas tomber ou ne la soumet-
tez pas à des impacts. Ne la rangez pas avec des produits
métalliques. N’importe laquelle de ces actions
peut faire exploser la batterie ou la faire fuir et
provoquer un incendie ou des blessures.
Utilisez seulement la batterie ou les adaptateurs secteur
préconisés pour une utilisation avec cet appareil photo.
N’utilisez pas de tensions autres que la tension d’alimenta-
tion électrique indiquée. L’utilisation d’autres sources
d’alimentation peut provoquer un incendie.
AVERTISSEMENT
AVERTISSEMENT
Si la batterie fuit et que le liquide entre en contact avec
vos yeux, votre peau ou vos vêtements, rincez abon-
damment la partie touchée à l’eau claire et consultez un
médecin ou appelez les urgences immédiatement.
Risque d’explosion si la batterie n’est pas remplacée par
une batterie compatible. Remplacez-la uniquement avec
une batterie du même type ou d’un type équivalent.
Ne l’utilisez pas en présence d’objets in ammables, de
gaz explosifs ou de poussière.
Lorsque vous transportez la batterie, insérez-la dans votre
appareil photo numérique ou conservez-la dans l’étui rigide
prévu à cet e et. Rangez la batterie dans l’étui rigide. Avant
de jeter la batterie, recouvrez les bornes avec du ruban
isolant. L’entrée en contact avec d’autres objets
métalliques ou d’autres batteries pourrait provo-
quer la mise à feu ou l’explosion de la batterie.
Conservez les cartes mémoire hors de la portée des en-
fants en bas âge. Les cartes mémoire sont petites
et risquent d’être avalées par les enfants. Veillez
à ranger les cartes mémoire hors de la portée
des enfants en bas âge. Si un enfant venait à
avaler une carte mémoire, consultez un méde-
cin ou appelez les urgences immédiatement.
ATTENTION
ATTENTION
N’utilisez pas cet appareil photo dans des endroits
exposés à des vapeurs d’essence, de la vapeur, de
l’humidité ou de la poussière. Cela peut provoquer
un incendie ou une décharge électrique.
Ne laissez pas cet appareil photo dans des endroits
exposés à des températures très élevées. Ne laissez
pas l’appareil photo dans un véhicule fermé,
par exemple, ou à la lumière directe du soleil.
Un incendie peut se produire.
Conservez hors de la portée des enfants en bas âge. Ce
produit peut provoquer des blessures s’il est
laissé dans les mains d’un enfant.
Ne posez pas d’objet lourd sur l’appareil photo. L’objet
lourd peut se renverser ou tomber et provo-
quer des blessures.
ivFRANÇAIS
ATTENTION
ATTENTION
Ne déplacez pas l’appareil photo tant que l’adaptateur secteur
est raccordé. Ne tirez pas sur le cordon de connexion pour
débrancher l’adaptateur secteur. Vous pourriez endom-
mager le cordon d’alimentation ou les câbles et
provoquer un incendie ou une décharge électrique.
N’utilisez pas l’adaptateur secteur si la  che est
endommagée ou si la connexion de la prise électrique est
desserrée. Cela pourrait provoquer un incendie
ou une décharge électrique.
Ne couvrez pas l’appareil photo ou l’adaptateur secteur
avec un chi on ou une couverture et ne les enroulez pas
dedans. La chaleur peut s’accumuler et défor-
mer le boîtier ou provoquer un incendie.
Lorsque vous nettoyez l’appareil photo ou lorsque vous
n’avez pas l’intention de l’utiliser pendant une période
prolongée, retirez la batterie, déconnectez et débranchez
l’adaptateur secteur. Sinon, vous pourriez provo-
quer un incendie ou une décharge électrique.
Lorsque le chargement est terminé, débranchez le
chargeur de la prise d’alimentation. Il existe un
risque d’incendie si le chargeur reste branché
dans la prise d’alimentation.
Utiliser un  ash d’une manière trop rapprochée des yeux
d’une personne peut a ecter temporairement sa vue.
Faites particulièrement attention lorsque vous
photographiez des bébés et de jeunes enfants.
Retirez les doigts de la fenêtre du  ash avant le déclenche-
ment du  ash.
Vous risquez sinon de vous brûler.
Gardez la fenêtre du  ash propre et n’utilisez pas le  ash
si la fenêtre est occultée.
Le non-respect de ces
consignes peut provoquer de la fumée ou de
la décoloration.
AVIS IMPORTANT : Veuillez lire le passage
suivant avant d’utiliser le logiciel
Il est interdit d’exporter directement ou indirecte-
ment, en partie ou en totalité, un logiciel sous licence
sans l’accord des autorités concernées.
Utilisation de l’appareil photo
Ne visez pas des sources lumineuses très vives,
comme le soleil dans un ciel sans nuage. Si vous ne
respectez pas cette précaution, le capteur d’image de
l’appareil photo risque de s’endommager.
Batteries Li-ion
Batteries Li-ion
Les paragraphes suivants décrivent comment
utiliser correctement les batteries et prolonger leur
autonomie. Une utilisation incorrecte peut réduire
l’autonomie de la batterie ou provoquer sa fuite, sa
surchauff e, un incendie ou une explosion.
La batterie n’est pas chargée lors de l’expédition.
Chargez-la avant toute utilisation. Rangez la batterie
dans son étui si vous ne l’utilisez pas.
■Stockage
Les performances de la batterie peuvent se dégrader
si vous n’utilisez pas celle-ci pendant une période
prolongée, alors qu’elle est entièrement chargée.
Déchargez-la avant de la ranger.
Si vous n’avez pas l’intention d’utiliser l’appareil
photo pendant une période prolongée, retirez la
batterie et rangez-la dans un endroit sec dont la
température ambiante est comprise entre +15 °C et
+25 °C. Ne la rangez pas dans un endroit exposé à des
températures extrêmes.
■Précautions : Manipulation de la batterie
• Utilisez uniquement les chargeurs préconisés.
• N’exposez pas la batterie à l’eau.
• Gardez les bornes toujours propres.
• Il se peut que la batterie et le boîtier de l’appareil
photo soient chauds au toucher après une
utilisation prolongée. Ceci est normal. Il est recom-
mandé de recourir à un adaptateur secteur en cas
d’utilisation prolongée.
Ne transportez pas et ne rangez pas la
batterie avec des objets métalliques comme
des colliers ou des épingles.
Ne l’exposez pas aux fl ammes ou à la
chaleur.
Élimination
Élimination
Jetez les batteries usagées en respectant les
réglementations locales en vigueur. Avant de jeter
l’appareil photo, les piles ou les accumulateurs,
prenez contact avec les autorités locales chargées de
la gestion des déchets pour savoir comment procéder.
Cristaux liquides
Cristaux liquides
Si l’écran LCD est endommagé, faites particulièrement
attention à éviter tout contact avec les cristaux
liquides. Si l’une des situations suivantes se produisait,
adoptez l’action d’urgence indiquée :
• Si les cristaux liquides touchent votre peau, essuyez la
zone aff ectée avec un chiff on puis lavez-la soigneu-
sement à l’eau courante avec du savon.
• Si les cristaux liquides pénètrent dans vos yeux, rincez
abondamment l’œil aff ecté à l’eau claire pendant 15
minutes au moins et consultez un médecin.
• Si vous avalez des cristaux liquides, rincez-vous
abondamment la bouche avec de l’eau. Buvez
de grands verres d’eau et faites-vous vomir, puis
consultez un médecin.
Bien que l’écran soit fabriqué à partir d’une techno-
logie de pointe de très haute précision, il est possible
que certains pixels soient constamment allumés
ou éteints. Il ne s’agit pas d’un dysfonctionnement
: les images enregistrées avec ce produit n’en sont
nullement aff ectées.
Remarques sur le droit d’auteur
Remarques sur le droit d’auteur
Les images enregistrées à l’aide de cet appareil photo
numérique ne peuvent pas être utilisées d’une manière
allant à l’encontre des lois sur les droits d’auteur sans l’auto-
risation préalable du propriétaire, à moins qu’elles ne soient
réservées qu’à un usage personnel. Notez que certaines
restrictions s’appliquent aux photos des performances
théâtrales, des divertissements et des expositions, même
lorsqu’elles ne sont réservées qu’à un usage personnel. Les
utilisateurs sont aussi priés de noter que le transfert des
cartes mémoire contenant des images ou des données
protégées par les lois sur les droits d’auteur n’est autorisé
que dans la limite des restrictions imposées par lesdites lois.
AVIS AU LECTEUR
Pour éviter tout risque d’incendie ou d’électro-
cution, n’exposez pas l’appareil à la pluie ou à
l’humidité.
Veuillez lire les « Consignes de sécurité » et
assurez-vous de les avoir bien comprises avant
d’utiliser l’appareil photo.
Matériau en perchlorate : une manipulation
particulière peut être nécessaire. Consultez http://
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
vFRANÇAIS
Informations sur les marques commerciales
Informations sur les marques commerciales
xD-Picture Card et E sont des marques com-
merciales de FUJIFILM Corporation. Les types de
caractères présentés ici sont uniquement développés
par DynaComware Taiwan Inc. Macintosh, QuickTime
et Mac OS sont des marques commerciales d’Apple
Inc. aux États-Unis et dans d’autres pays. Windows 7,
Windows Vista et le logo Windows sont des marques
commerciales du groupe de sociétés Microsoft. Adobe
et Adobe Reader sont des marques commerciales ou
des marques déposées d’Adobe Systems Incorporated
aux États-Unis et/ou dans d’autres pays. Les logos
SDHC et SDXC sont des marques commerciales de
SD-3C, LLC. Le logo HDMI est une marque commer-
ciale. YouTube est une marque commerciale de Google
Inc. Tous les autres noms de marques mentionnés
dans ce manuel sont des marques commerciales ou
des marques déposées de leurs détenteurs respectifs.
À l’attention des clients résidant aux États-Unis
À l’attention des clients résidant aux États-Unis
Testé pour être en conformité avec les normes de la FCC
POUR UNE UTILISATION RÉSIDENTIELLE OU DE BUREAU
Réglementation de la FCC : Cet appareil est conforme
à la Partie 15 de la réglementation de la FCC. Son
fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions
suivantes: (1) Cet appareil ne peut pas causer d’inter-
férence dangereuse et (2) cet appareil doit accepter
toute interférence reçue, y compris celle susceptible
de provoquer un fonctionnement indésirable.
ATTENTION : Cet appareil a été testé et déclaré
conforme aux normes d’un appareil numérique de
Classe B, stipulées dans la Partie 15 de la réglemen-
tation de la FCC. Ces normes sont destinées à assurer
une protection suffi sante contre les interférences
dangereuses dans le cadre d’une installation
résidentielle. Cet appareil génère, utilise et peut
émettre des fréquences radio et peut, s’il n’est pas
installé et utilisé conformément aux instructions, être
à l’origine d’interférences dans les communications
radio. Néanmoins, il n’est pas possible de garantir
que des interférences ne seront pas provoquées dans
certaines installations particulières. Si cet appareil
est eff ectivement à l’origine d’interférences nuisibles
à la réception radio ou télévisuelle, ce qui peut être
déterminé en éteignant et en allumant l’appareil, il est
conseillé à l’utilisateur de remédier à cette situation en
recourant à une ou plusieurs des mesures suivantes :
• Réorienter ou repositionner l’antenne de réception.
• Augmenter la distance entre l’appareil et le
récepteur.
• Brancher l’appareil dans une prise appartenant à
un circuit diff érent de celui sur lequel le récepteur
est branché.
• Consulter le revendeur ou un technicien radio/télé
qualifi é pour obtenir de l’aide.
• Tout changement ou modifi cation apporté à l’ap-
pareil non approuvé expressément dans ce manuel
pourrait annuler le droit d’utiliser cet appareil.
Remarques relatives à l’octroi d’autorisation : Pour être
conforme à la Partie 15 de la réglementation de la
FCC, ce produit doit être utilisé avec un câble A/V, un
câble USB et un cordon d’alimentation CC avec tores
de ferrite, tels que préconisés par Fujifi lm.
À l’attention des clients résidant au Canada
À l’attention des clients résidant au Canada
ATTENTION : Cet appareil numérique de classe B est
conforme à la norme canadienne ICES-003.
INSTRUCTIONS IMPORTANTES RELATIVES À
LA SÉCURITÉ
• Veuillez lire ces instructions.
• Veuillez conserver ces instructions.
• Veuillez tenir compte de tous les avertissements.
• Veuillez suivre toutes les instructions.
• N’utilisez pas cet appareil à proximité d’eau.
• Nettoyez-le uniquement avec un chiff on sec.
• Ne bloquez aucun des orifi ces d’aération. Installez
cet appareil conformément aux instructions du
fabricant.
• Ne l’installez pas à proximité de sources de chaleur
telles que des radiateurs, des bouches de chaleur,
des cuisinières ou d’autres appareils (y compris des
amplifi cateurs) qui génèrent de la chaleur.
• Évitez de marcher ou de pincer le cordon
d’alimentation, en particulier au niveau des fi ches,
des prises de courant et à l’endroit où ces éléments
sortent de l’appareil.
• Utilisez uniquement les systèmes de fi xation/acces-
soires préconisés par le fabricant.
• Débranchez cet appareil pendant les orages ou
si vous ne l’utilisez pas pendant une période
prolongée.
• Confi ez toutes les opérations d’entretien à du
personnel qualifi é. L’entretien est requis lorsque
l’appareil a été endommagé de quelque manière
que ce soit, par exemple si le cordon d’alimentation
ou la fi che est endommagé, si du liquide a été
renversé sur l’appareil ou que des objets lui sont
tombés dessus, s’il a été exposé à la pluie ou à
l’humidité, s’il ne fonctionne pas normalement ou si
vous l’avez fait tomber.
Entretien de l’appareil photo
Pour pouvoir profi ter pleinement de votre appareil,
veuillez respecter les précautions suivantes.
Stockage et utilisation
Stockage et utilisation
Si vous n’avez pas l’intention d’utiliser l’appareil photo
pendant une période prolongée, retirez la batterie et
la carte mémoire. Ne rangez et n’utilisez pas l’appareil
photo dans des endroits qui sont :
• exposés à la pluie, à la vapeur ou à la fumée
• très humides ou extrêmement poussiéreux
• exposés à la lumière directe du soleil ou à de très
hautes températures, comme dans un véhicule
fermé en plein soleil
• extrêmement froids
• soumis à de fortes vibrations
• exposés à des champs magnétiques puissants,
comme à proximité d’une antenne de diff usion,
d’une ligne électrique, d’un émetteur radar, d’un
moteur, d’un transformateur ou d’un aimant
• en contact avec des produits chimiques volatils tels
que des pesticides
• à proximité de produits en caoutchouc ou en vinyle
■Eau et sable
L’exposition à l’eau et au sable peut également
endommager l’appareil photo, son circuit interne et
ses mécanismes. Lorsque vous utilisez l’appareil photo
à la plage ou en bord de mer, évitez de l’exposer à
l’eau ou au sable. Ne posez pas l’appareil photo sur
une surface humide.
■Condensation
Les augmentations soudaines de température, par
exemple lorsque l’on rentre dans un bâtiment chauff é
alors qu’il fait froid dehors, peuvent provoquer l’appa-
rition de condensation à l’intérieur de l’appareil photo.
Si cette situation se produit, éteignez l’appareil photo
et attendez une heure avant de le rallumer. Si de la
condensation se forme sur la carte mémoire, retirez la
carte et attendez que la condensation se dissipe.
viFRANÇAIS
Nettoyage
Nettoyage
Utilisez une souffl ette pour retirer la poussière située
sur l’objectif et l’écran LCD puis essuyez délicatement
à l’aide d’un chiff on doux et sec. S’il reste des taches,
vous pouvez les retirer en essuyant délicatement
à l’aide d’une lingette nettoyante pour objectifs
FUJIFILM sur laquelle vous aurez appliqué une petite
quantité de solution nettoyante pour objectifs. Faites
bien attention de ne pas rayer l’objectif ou l’écran LCD.
Vous pouvez nettoyer le boîtier de l’appareil photo à
l’aide d’un chiff on doux et sec. N’utilisez pas d’alcool,
de solvants ou d’autres produits chimiques volatils.
Voyage
Voyage
Gardez l’appareil photo dans votre bagage à main.
Les bagages enregistrés risquent de subir des chocs
violents qui pourraient endommager l’appareil photo.
Élimination du matériel électrique et électronique
Élimination du matériel électrique et électronique
chez les particuliers
chez les particuliers
Applicable à l’Union européenne, la
Norvège, l’Islande et le Liechtenstein :
Ce symbole sur le produit, ou dans le
manuel et sur la garantie, et/ou sur son
emballage, indique que l’appareil ne
doit pas être traité comme un déchet
ménager. Il doit être acheminé vers
un point de collecte qui recycle le
matériel électrique et électronique.
En vous assurant de la bonne élimination de ce
produit, vous contribuerez à éviter des conséquences
préjudiciables pour l’environnement et la santé de
l’homme, qui peuvent être provoquées par l’élimina-
tion inappropriée de ce produit.
Ce symbole sur les piles ou sur les
accumulateurs indique que ces piles/
accumulateurs ne seront pas traités
comme des déchets ménagers.
Si votre matériel contient des piles ou des accumula-
teurs faciles à retirer, merci de les éliminer séparément
conformément aux réglementations locales.
Le recyclage des matériaux contribuera à préserver les
ressources naturelles. Pour obtenir plus d’informations
sur le recyclage de ce produit, veuillez prendre
contact avec votre mairie, la déchetterie la plus
proche de votre domicile ou le magasin où vous
l’avez acheté.
Applicable aux pays n’appartenant pas à l’Union
européenne, la Norvège, l’Islande et le Liechtenstein : Si
vous souhaitez jeter ce produit, y compris les piles ou
les accumulateurs, veuillez prendre contact avec les
autorités locales pour vous informer sur les moyens
de retraitement existants.
vii FRANÇAIS
Table des matières
Table des matières
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d’emploi .....ii
Lisez attentivement ces remarques avant toute
utilisation .................................................................iii
Pour commencer
Pour commencer
Accessoires fournis ............................................................1
Recharge de la batterie ....................................................1
Insertion des batteries/piles et d’une carte mémoire ....2
Mise sous tension de l’appareil photo .............................2
Prise de vue .......................................................................3
Visualisation des photos ...................................................4
Suppression de photos......................................................4
Détection des pannes .......................................................4
Vidéos
Vidéos
Enregistrement de vidéos.................................................5
Visualisation des vidéos ....................................................7
Référence
Référence
Parties de l’appareil photo ...............................................8
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de
con guration .....................................................................9
1FRANÇAIS
Pour commencer
Pour commencer
Accessoires fournis
Accessoires fournis
qw
e
r
y
t
q Batterie rechargeable NP-50A w Chargeur de batterie BC-50A
e Fiche intermédiaire (La forme de l’adaptateur varie en fonction de la région où il
est vendu.)
r Câble USB t Dragonne y CD-ROM
• Basic Manual (ce document)
• Manuel du propriétaire (peut être fourni sur CD dans certains pays ou régions)
Fixez la dragonne comme illustré.
Cartes mémoire
Cartes mémoire
Les photos peuvent être stockées dans la mémoire interne de l’appareil photo ou sur des cartes mémoire SD,
SDHC et SDXC optionnelles, dénommées « cartes mémoire » dans ce manuel.
Recharge de la batterie
Recharge de la batterie
La batterie n’est pas chargée lors de l’expédition. Chargez-la avant toute utilisation.
1
Fixez la fi che intermédiaire comme illustré
ci-dessous, en veillant à ce qu’elle soit insérée
entièrement et à ce qu’elle s’emboîte dans les
bornes du chargeur.
QLa fi che intermédiaire
est conçue exclusive-
ment pour le chargeur
de batterie fourni.
Ne l’utilisez pas avec
d’autres appareils.
Fiche intermédiaire
Chargeur de
batterie
2
Insérez la batterie dans la direction indiquée
par les étiquettes DFC.
Étiquette
DFC
Témoin de
charge
Flèche
Étiquette
DFC
Batterie
3
Branchez le chargeur. Le témoin de charge
s’allume.
4
Retirez la batterie lorsque le témoin lumineux
devient vert, indiquant que le chargement est
terminé.
2FRANÇAIS Pour commencer
Insertion de la batterie et d’une carte mémoire
Insertion de la batterie et d’une carte mémoire
1
Ouvrez le couvercle du compartiment de la
batterie.
Libérez le loquet
(q) et le blocage de
sécurité (w), puis
ouvrez le couvercle
du compartiment de
la batterie (e).
RAssurez-vous que l’appareil photo est éteint
avant d’ouvrir le couvercle.
2
Insérez la batterie.
Alignez la bande
orange de la batterie
avec le loquet de
batterie orange
et faites glisser la
batterie dans l’appareil photo, en maintenant le
loquet appuyé d’un côté. Vérifi ez que la batterie
est correctement insérée.
3
Insérez une carte mémoire comme indiqué,
en vous arrêtant lorsqu’elle est en place au
fond du logement.
Clic
RAssurez-vous que la carte est dans le bon
sens : ne l’insérez pas en biais et ne forcez pas.
4
Refermez et ver-
rouillez le couvercle
du compartiment de
la batterie. Refer-
mez le couvercle
(q), puis fermez le
loquet (w) et le blocage de sécurité (e).
QNe forcez pas trop lorsque vous manipulez le
couvercle du compartiment de la batterie.
Mise sous tension de l’appareil photo
Mise sous tension de l’appareil photo
Appuyez sur la touche ON/OFF pour allumer l’appareil photo. Pour
éteindre l’appareil photo, appuyez à nouveau sur la touche ON/OFF.
Sélection de la langue/Réglage de l’horloge de l’appareil photo
Sélection de la langue/Réglage de l’horloge de l’appareil photo
Une boîte de dialogue de sélection de la langue apparaît la première fois que vous allumez l’appareil photo. Mettez
une langue en surbrillance et appuyez sur MENU/OK. Vous serez ensuite invité à régler l’horloge de l’appareil photo ;
appuyez sur la touche de sélection gauche ou droite pour mettre en surbrillance l’année, le mois, le jour, l’heure ou
les minutes et appuyez sur la touche de sélection supérieure ou inférieure pour eff ectuer des modifi cations (pour
modifi er l’ordre d’affi chage de l’année, du mois et du jour, mettez en surbrillance le format de date souhaité et
appuyez sur la touche de sélection supérieure ou inférieure). Appuyez sur MENU/OK une fois les réglages terminés.
eqw
q
w e
3FRANÇAISPour commencer
Mode
Mode
Q
Q
Dans ce mode, l’appareil photo analyse automatiquement la composition et modifi e
les réglages en conséquence.
L’appareil photo sélectionne la scène en fonction des conditions de prise de vue et
du type de sujet : b PORTRAIT (portraits), c PAYSAGE (paysages), d NOCTURNE (paysages
faiblement éclairés), e MACRO (gros plans), f PORTRAIT NOCTURNE (portraits faiblement
éclairés), g PORTRAIT CONTRE-JOUR (portraits en contre-jour), a AUTO (toutes les autres
scènes)
L’icône g
L’icône scène
g s’affi che sur le moniteur pour indiquer que l’appareil photo ajuste la mise au point en continu et tente de
détecter des visages, ce qui augmente la consommation d’énergie.
Prise de vue
Prise de vue
Cette section décrit comment prendre des photos en mode Q (reconnaissance scène).
1
Allumez l’appareil photo.
2
Utilisez la commande de zoom pour cadrer la
photo sur l’écran.
Indicateur de zoom
Zoom arrière
(GRAND-ANGLE)
Zoom avant
(TÉLÉOBJECTIF)
3
Appuyez sur le déclencheur à mi-course pour
eff ectuer la mise au point. Si l’appareil photo
parvient à faire la mise au point, il émet deux
bips et un témoin lumineux vert s’allume ;
pour prendre la photo, appuyez doucement
mais à fond sur le déclencheur.
Double bip Clic
Appuyez à mi-course pour
eff ectuer la mise au point
Appuyez à fond pour
prendre la photo
4FRANÇAIS Pour commencer
Visualisation des photos
Visualisation des photos
Pour visualiser les photos, appuyez sur a. La photo la plus récente
s’affi che ; appuyez sur la touche de sélection gauche ou droite pour
visualiser les autres images.
Pour eff ectuer un zoom avant sur la photo actuellement affi chée, sélec-
tionnez T avec la commande de zoom et utilisez la touche de sélection
pour affi cher les autres zones de l’image non visibles à l’écran.
Sélectionnez W pour augmenter le nombre d’images affi chées ou T
pour affi cher moins d’images.
Suppression de photos
Suppression de photos
Pour supprimer une photo, affi chez-la en plein écran et appuyez sur la
touche de sélection supérieure (b), et sélectionnez la photo que vous
souhaitez supprimer.
Pour quitter le mode de lecture et revenir au mode de prise de vue, appuyez sur le déclencheur.
Détection des pannes
Détection des pannes
Problème
Problème
Solution
Solution
L’appareil photo ne
L’appareil photo ne
s’allume pas.
s’allume pas.
•
•
La batterie est déchargée
La batterie est déchargée
: Rechargez la batterie ou insérez une batterie de rechange entièrement chargée.
: Rechargez la batterie ou insérez une batterie de rechange entièrement chargée.
•
•
La batterie n’est pas insérée correctement
La batterie n’est pas insérée correctement
: Réinsérez-la dans le bon sens.
: Réinsérez-la dans le bon sens.
•
•
Le couvercle du compartiment de la batterie n’est pas verrouillé
Le couvercle du compartiment de la batterie n’est pas verrouillé
: Verrouillez le couvercle du comparti-
: Verrouillez le couvercle du comparti-
ment de la batterie.
ment de la batterie.
Pour obtenir plus d’informations sur le dépannage, veuillez vous rendre sur http://www.fujifilm.com/.
Pour obtenir plus d’informations, veuillez consulter le Manuel du propriétaire fourni (CD) ou vous
rendre sur http://www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html.
5FRANÇAIS
Vidéos
Vidéos
Enregistrement de vidéos
Enregistrement de vidéos
Appuyez sur t pour enregistrer une vidéo. Pendant
l’enregistrement, y ENR. et la durée restante
s’a chent sur l’écran LCD et le son est enregistré via le
microphone intégré (faites attention de ne pas couvrir
ce dernier pendant l’enregistrement).
12
s
12
s
ENR.
La durée disponible s'a che
à l'écran
Pour arrêter l’enregistrement, appuyez à nouveau sur la commande t.
L’enregistrement s’arrête automatiquement lorsque la vidéo a atteint sa durée
maximale ou lorsque la mémoire est pleine.
RVous pouvez ajuster le zoom pendant l’enregistrement. Il est possible de choisir le type
de zoom avec l’option p TYPE ZOOM FILM du menu con guration.
RLa mise au point, l’exposition et la balance des blancs sont ajustées automatiquement
pendant l’enregistrement (il est possible de choisir le mode de mise au point avec
l’option F MODE VIDEO AF du menu prise de vue). La couleur et la luminosité de
l’image peuvent être di érentes de celles a chées avant que l’enregistrement ne
commence.
RIl se peut que les sons émis par l’appareil photo soient enregistrés.
6FRANÇAIS Vidéos
Enregistrement de vidéos
QLe témoin lumineux s’allume pendant l’enregistrement des vidéos. N’ouvrez pas le
compartiment de la batterie pendant la prise de vue ou tant que le témoin lumineux
est allumé. Si vous ne respectez pas cette précaution, la lecture de la vidéo pourrait
devenir impossible.
QDes bandes verticales ou horizontales peuvent apparaître sur les vidéos contenant des
sujets très lumineux. Ceci est normal et ne traduit pas un dysfonctionnement.
QIl se peut que la température de l’appareil photo augmente si ce dernier est utilisé pour
enregistrer des vidéos pendant une période prolongée ou si la température ambiante
est élevée. Ceci est normal et ne traduit pas un dysfonctionnement.
Taille d’image pour les vidéos
Taille d’image pour les vidéos
Avant de commencer l’enregistrement, sélectionnez une taille d’image à l’aide
de l’option W MODE VIDEO du menu prise de vue.
Option
Option
Description
Description
i 1920 (1920 × 1080)Full HD (High De nition).
h 1280
(1280 × 720)
Haute dé nition.
f ( 640 × 480)Dé nition standard.
k 640 × 480 (80 i/s)
Vidéo à grande vitesse. Le son n’est pas enregistré, et la mise au point, l’exposition
et la balance des blancs ne sont pas réglées automatiquement.
k 320 × 240 (160 i/s)
k 320 × 240 (240 i/s)
7FRANÇAIS Vidéos
Visualisation des vidéos
Visualisation des vidéos
Pendant la lecture, les vidéos s'a chent sur l'écran LCD
comme illustré à droite. Vous pouvez e ectuer les opérations
suivantes lorsqu'une vidéo est a chée :
Option
Option
Description
Description
Lancer la
Lancer la
lecture/faire
lecture/faire
une pause
une pause
Appuyez sur la touche de sélection inférieure pour lancer la lecture.
Appuyez à nouveau pour faire une pause.
Mettre  n à la
Mettre  n à la
lecture/e acer
lecture/e acer
Appuyez sur la touche de sélection supérieure pour mettre  n à la
lecture. Si la lecture n'est pas en cours, la vidéo sera e acée si
vous appuyez sur la touche de sélection supérieure.
Régler la
Régler la
vitesse
vitesse
Appuyez sur la touche de sélection gauche ou droite pour régler la
vitesse de lecture pendant la lecture.
Régler le
Régler le
volume
volume
Appuyez sur MENU/OK pour faire une pause pendant la lecture
et a cher les commandes du volume. Appuyez sur la
touche de sélection supérieure ou inférieure pour régler le
volume et appuyez sur MENU/OK pour quitter. Vous pouvez
également régler le volume depuis le menu con guration.
AFFICHER
100-006
Vitesse de lecture
Vitesse de lecture
Appuyez sur la touche de sélection gauche ou droite pour régler la vitesse
de lecture. La vitesse est indiquée par le nombre de  èches (M ou
N).
Flèche
STOP PAUSE
5m42s
Q Ne couvrez pas le haut-parleur pendant la lecture.
8FRANÇAIS
Référence
Référence
Parties de l’appareil photo
Parties de l’appareil photo
Touche de sélection
Touche de sélection (supérieure)/ Touche d (correction
de l’exposition)/ Touche b (supprimer)Touche MENU/OK
Touche de sélection (droite)/ Touche N ( ash)
Touche de sélection (gauche)/
Touche F (macro)
Touche de sélection (inférieure)/ Touche h (retardateur)
Touche DISP (a chage)/BACK
Touche a (lecture)
Microphone (P 5)
Haut-parleur (P 7)
• Touche a : Visualisez les photos (P 4).
• Touche DISP/BACK : A chez ou masquez les indicateurs ou annulez l’opération en
cours. Maintenez enfoncé pour désactiver le haut-parleur et le  ash dans les
situations où ceux-ci ne sont pas désirables.
9FRANÇAISRéférence
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
■
■
Utilisation de la touche de sélection (
Utilisation de la touche de sélection (
F
F
,
,
h
h
,
,
N
N
ou
ou
d
d
) pendant la prise de vue
) pendant la prise de vue
Option
Option
Description
Description
Commande
Commande
F
F
Macro
Macro
Réalisez des gros plans de petits objets.
Appuyez sur la
touche de sélection
gauche (F)
FOFF
h
h
Retardateur
Retardateur
Réduit l’e et bougé et permet les autoportraits.
Appuyez sur la
touche de sélection
inférieure (h)
T
a
a
g
gSR
N
N
Flash
Flash
Utilisez le  ash pour un éclairage supplémentaire.
Appuyez sur la
touche de sélection
droite (N)
AUTO/KN
/LO
/MP
d
d
Correction de l’exposition
Correction de l’exposition Photographiez des sujets très lumineux, très sombres ou
très contrastés.
Appuyez sur la
touche de sélection
supérieure (d)
10 FRANÇAIS Référence
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
■
■
Utilisation de la touche de sélection pendant la prise de vue (tous les modes)
Utilisation de la touche de sélection pendant la prise de vue (tous les modes)
Option
Option
Description
Description
Commande
Commande
A
A
MODE PRISE PHOTO
MODE PRISE PHOTO
Choisissez un mode de prise de vue en fonction du type de sujet.
Choisissez un mode de prise de vue en fonction du type de sujet.
Appuyez sur
MENU/OK et
naviguez avec
la touche de
sélection
N
N
ISO
ISO Permet de contrôler la sensibilité de l’appareil photo à la lumière.
O
O
TAILLE D’IMAGE
TAILLE D’IMAGE Choisissez la taille et le format d’image avec lesquels les photos
sont enregistrées.
T
T
QUALITE D’IMAGE
QUALITE D’IMAGE
Choisissez le niveau de compression des  chiers images.
Choisissez le niveau de compression des  chiers images.
P
P
FINEPIX COULEUR
FINEPIX COULEUR
Cette option permet d’améliorer le contraste et la saturation des
Cette option permet d’améliorer le contraste et la saturation des
couleurs ou de prendre des photos en noir et blanc.
couleurs ou de prendre des photos en noir et blanc.
D
D
BALANCE DES BLANCS
BALANCE DES BLANCS
Ajustez les couleurs pour contrebalancer l’e et de di érentes
Ajustez les couleurs pour contrebalancer l’e et de di érentes
sources lumineuses colorées.
sources lumineuses colorées.
R
R
CONTINU
CONTINU Restituez le mouvement en prenant une série de photos.
b
b
DETECTION SUJET
DETECTION SUJET
Choisissez si l’appareil photo détecte automatiquement les
Choisissez si l’appareil photo détecte automatiquement les
personnes et règle la mise au point et l’exposition sur celles-ci.
personnes et règle la mise au point et l’exposition sur celles-ci.
F
F
MODE AF
MODE AF
Cette option contrôle la façon dont l’appareil photo sélectionne la
Cette option contrôle la façon dont l’appareil photo sélectionne la
zone de mise au point pour les photos.
zone de mise au point pour les photos.
F
F
MODE VIDEO AF
MODE VIDEO AF Cette option contrôle la façon dont l’appareil photo sélectionne la
zone de mise au point pour les vidéos.
W
W
MODE VIDEO
MODE VIDEO
Choisissez une taille d’image pour les vidéos.
Choisissez une taille d’image pour les vidéos.
q
q
VOYANT LED
VOYANT LED
Choisissez si la DEL s’allume pour éclairer les sujets proches en cas
Choisissez si la DEL s’allume pour éclairer les sujets proches en cas
de faible éclairage.
de faible éclairage.
11FRANÇAISRéférence
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
■
■
Utilisation de la touche de sélection pendant la lecture (menu lecture)
Utilisation de la touche de sélection pendant la lecture (menu lecture)
Option
Option
Description
Description
Commande
Commande
k
k
CREA LIVRE ALBUM
CREA LIVRE ALBUM Créez des albums avec vos photos préférées.
Appuyez sur a
pour lancer la
lecture, appuyez
sur MENU/OK et
naviguez avec
la touche de
sélection
+
+
b
b
RECHERCHE PHOTOS
RECHERCHE PHOTOS Recherchez des photos.
x
x
EFFACE
EFFACE Supprimez toutes les photos ou les photos sélectionnées.
c
c
MODIFIER
MODIFIER Créez une copie retouchée de la photo en cours.
n
n
MONTER FILM
MONTER FILM Edition de  lms.
j
j
BALISER TRANSF.
BALISER TRANSF. Sélectionnez les photos à télécharger sur YouTube ou Facebook avec
MyFinePix Studio (Windows uniquement).
I
I
DIAPORAMA
DIAPORAMA Visionnez les photos sous forme de diaporama automatisé.
B
B
REDUC. YEUX ROUGE
REDUC. YEUX ROUGE Supprimez l’e et « yeux rouges » des photos prises avec la fonction
de détection des visages.
D
D
PROTEGER
PROTEGER Cette option permet de protéger les photos contre toute
suppression accidentelle.
G
G
RECADRER
RECADRER Créez une copie recadrée de la photo en cours.
O
O
REDIMENSIONNER
REDIMENSIONNER Créez une petite copie de la photo en cours.
C
C
ROTATION IMAGE
ROTATION IMAGE Faites pivoter les photos a n de les a cher dans le bon sens.
E
E
COPIER
COPIER Copiez les photos entre la mémoire interne et une carte mémoire.
K
K
IMPRESSION (DPOF)
IMPRESSION (DPOF) Sélectionnez les photos à imprimer via des périphériques
compatibles avec DPOF et PictBridge.
J
J
FORMAT IMAGE
FORMAT IMAGE Choisissez la manière dont les périphériques Haute Dé nition (HD)
a chent les photos ayant un format de 4 : 3.
12 FRANÇAIS Référence
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
■
■
Menu con guration
Menu con guration
Option
Option
Description
Description
Commande
Commande
F
F
DATE/HEURE
DATE/HEURE Réglez l’horloge de l’appareil photo.
A chez le menu prise
de vue ou lecture et
appuyez sur la touche de
sélection gauche pour
mettre en surbrillance
l’onglet des menus, puis
appuyez sur la touche de
sélection inférieure pour
mettre en surbrillance
X et en n, appuyez sur
la touche de sélection
droite pour positionner
le curseur dans le menu
con guration
SORTIR
PARAMETRE
Onglet
N
N
DECALAGE HOR
DECALAGE HOR Réglez l’horloge sur l’heure locale.
L
L
a
aChoisissez une langue.
o
o
MODE SILENCE
MODE SILENCE Choisissez OUI pour désactiver le haut-parleur et le  ash dans les
situations où ceux-ci ne sont pas désirables.
R
R
INITIALISER
INITIALISER Réinitialisez les réglages sur leurs valeurs par défaut.
K
K
FORMATAGE
FORMATAGE Formatez la carte mémoire ou la mémoire interne.
A
A
IMAGE
IMAGE Choisissez la durée d’a chage des photos sur l’écran LCD après la
prise de vue.
B
B
NUMERO IMAGE
NUMERO IMAGE Choisissez la méthode de dénomination des  chiers.
G
G
VOL. APPAREIL
VOL. APPAREIL Réglez le volume des sons émis par l’appareil photo lors de
l’utilisation des commandes.
H
H
VOL. DECL.
VOL. DECL. Réglez le volume des sons émis par l’appareil photo lors du
déclenchement.
e
e
SON
SON Choisissez les sons émis par le déclencheur, au moment du
démarrage et lors de l’utilisation des commandes.
I
I
VOL. LECTURE
VOL. LECTURE Réglez le volume de lecture des vidéos.
13FRANÇAISRéférence
Options de prise de vue, de lecture et de con guration
Option
Option
Description
Description
Commande
Commande
J
J
LUMINOSITE LCD
LUMINOSITE LCD Réglez la luminosité de l’écran.
A chez le menu prise
de vue ou lecture et
appuyez sur la touche de
sélection gauche pour
mettre en surbrillance
l’onglet des menus, puis
appuyez sur la touche de
sélection inférieure pour
mettre en surbrillance
X et en n, appuyez sur
la touche de sélection
droite pour positionner
le curseur dans le menu
con guration
SORTIR
PARAMETRE
Onglet
E
E
MODE LCD
MODE LCD Choisissez si l’écran s’éteint progressivement de manière
automatique a n d’économiser l’énergie.
M
M
EXT. AUTO
EXT. AUTO Choisissez le délai d’extinction automatique.
L
L
DOUBLE STAB
DOUBLE STAB Choisissez une option de stabilisation d’image.
B
B
REDUC. YEUX ROUGE
REDUC. YEUX ROUGE Réduisez l’e et « yeux rouges ».
D
D
ZOOM NUM.
ZOOM NUM. Activez ou désactivez le zoom numérique.
p
p
TYPE ZOOM FILM
TYPE ZOOM FILM Choisissez le type de zoom utilisé lors de l’enregistrement vidéo.
t
t
SAUVEGARDER PHOTO
SAUVEGARDER PHOTO
D’ORG
D’ORG
Choisissez OUI pour sauvegarder des copies non traitées
des photos prises avec B REDUC. YEUX ROUGE,
j BASSE LUM. PRO ou k PRIORITE PLAGE-D.
m
m
REGL. ROTAT AUTO
REGL. ROTAT AUTO
(XP150/XP160 uniquement)
(XP150/XP160 uniquement)
Choisissez OUI pour que les photos prises à la verticale (portrait)
pivotent automatiquement pendant la lecture.
c
c
AFF. DE L’AIDE
AFF. DE L’AIDE Cette option permet d’a cher des conseils.
Q
Q
STAN. VIDEO
STAN. VIDEO Choisissez un mode vidéo pour la connexion à un téléviseur.
U
U
CACHET DATE
CACHET DATE Estampillez vos photos avec l’heure et/ou la date d’enregistrement
au moment où vous les prenez.
R
R
DÉMONSTRATION
DÉMONSTRATION
(XP150/XP160 uniquement)
(XP150/XP160 uniquement)
Choisissez OUI pour une démo GPS. Cette option doit être
normalement laissée sur NON.
ii ESPAÑOL
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d'emploi
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d'emploi
■
■
Résistance à l’eau, à la poussière et aux
Résistance à l’eau, à la poussière et aux
chocs
chocs
Q
Q
L’appareil photo est en conformité avec
L’appareil photo est en conformité avec
la norme de classe 8 JIS pour la résis-
la norme de classe 8 JIS pour la résis-
tance à l’eau et la norme de classe 6 JIS
tance à l’eau et la norme de classe 6 JIS
(IP68) pour la résistance à la poussière.
(IP68) pour la résistance à la poussière.
Il a réussi les tests de chute de FUJIFILM
Il a réussi les tests de chute de FUJIFILM
(hauteur de chute : 1,5m ; surface
(hauteur de chute : 1,5m ; surface
d’impact : contreplaqué, épaisseur
d’impact : contreplaqué, épaisseur
5 cm) en conformité avec MIL-STD 810F,
5 cm) en conformité avec MIL-STD 810F,
Méthode 516.5 : Choc. Ces résultats pro-
Méthode 516.5 : Choc. Ces résultats pro-
viennent de tests réalisés en interne et
viennent de tests réalisés en interne et
ne constituent pas une garantie globale
ne constituent pas une garantie globale
de résistance à l’eau ou d’invulnérabilité
de résistance à l’eau ou d’invulnérabilité
face aux dommages ou à la destruction.
face aux dommages ou à la destruction.
Les accessoires fournis avec l’appareil
Les accessoires fournis avec l’appareil
photo ne sont pas résistants à l’eau.
photo ne sont pas résistants à l’eau.
■
■
Avant toute utilisation
Avant toute utilisation
Q
Q
La surface avant de l’objectif de
La surface avant de l’objectif de
l’appareil photo est protégée par du
l’appareil photo est protégée par du
verre. Tout élément présent sur le verre
verre. Tout élément présent sur le verre
apparaîtra sur les photos : veillez à ce
apparaîtra sur les photos : veillez à ce
que le verre reste toujours propre.
que le verre reste toujours propre.
Q
Q
Assurez-vous que le couvercle du
Assurez-vous que le couvercle du
compartiment de la batterie et le cache-
compartiment de la batterie et le cache-
bornes sont verrouillés correctement.
bornes sont verrouillés correctement.
La présence d’eau, de boue ou de sable
La présence d’eau, de boue ou de sable
dans l’appareil photo pourrait provo-
dans l’appareil photo pourrait provo-
quer son dysfonctionnement.
quer son dysfonctionnement.
Q
Q
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
couvercle du compartiment de la
couvercle du compartiment de la
batterie ou le cache-bornes avec les
batterie ou le cache-bornes avec les
mains mouillées ou à proximité d’eau,
mains mouillées ou à proximité d’eau,
par exemple si vous êtes dans l’eau ou
par exemple si vous êtes dans l’eau ou
au bord de l’eau.
au bord de l’eau.
Q
Q
Véri ez que l’appareil photo est
Véri ez que l’appareil photo est
totalement sec avant d’insérer ou de
totalement sec avant d’insérer ou de
retirer les batteries/piles ou les cartes
retirer les batteries/piles ou les cartes
mémoire ou encore de raccorder le
mémoire ou encore de raccorder le
câble USB ou A/V.
câble USB ou A/V.
Q
Q
L’appareil photo ne  otte pas. Assurez-
L’appareil photo ne  otte pas. Assurez-
vous de bien  xer la dragonne et
vous de bien  xer la dragonne et
d’enrouler cette dernière autour de
d’enrouler cette dernière autour de
votre poignet lorsque vous utilisez
votre poignet lorsque vous utilisez
l’appareil photo.
l’appareil photo.
■
■
Utilisation
Utilisation
Q
Q
Utilisez cet appareil photo sous l’eau à
Utilisez cet appareil photo sous l’eau à
des profondeurs de 5 m maximum et
des profondeurs de 5 m maximum et
pendant des durées inférieures à 120
pendant des durées inférieures à 120
minutes.
minutes.
Q
Q
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
N’ouvrez pas ou ne fermez pas le
couvercle du compartiment de la
couvercle du compartiment de la
batterie sous l’eau.
batterie sous l’eau.
Q
Q
N’utilisez pas cet appareil photo dans
N’utilisez pas cet appareil photo dans
des sources thermales ou des piscines
des sources thermales ou des piscines
chau ées.
chau ées.
Q
Q
Ne plongez pas avec l’appareil photo
Ne plongez pas avec l’appareil photo
ou ne le soumettez pas à une pression
ou ne le soumettez pas à une pression
excessive quelle que soit sa nature.
excessive quelle que soit sa nature.
Q
Q
Si vous laissez l’appareil photo sur le sa-
Si vous laissez l’appareil photo sur le sa-
ble, sa température risque de dépasser
ble, sa température risque de dépasser
les limites de fonctionnement. Le sable
les limites de fonctionnement. Le sable
peut également s’in ltrer dans le haut-
peut également s’in ltrer dans le haut-
parleur ou le microphone.
parleur ou le microphone.
Q
Q
Les crèmes et laits solaires ou toute au-
Les crèmes et laits solaires ou toute au-
tre substance grasse peuvent décolorer
tre substance grasse peuvent décolorer
le boîtier de l’appareil photo. Essuyez
le boîtier de l’appareil photo. Essuyez
toute trace avec un chi on humide.
toute trace avec un chi on humide.
Q
Q
L’appareil photo risque de perdre sa
L’appareil photo risque de perdre sa
résistance à l’eau s’il est soumis à une
résistance à l’eau s’il est soumis à une
pression ou à des vibrations excessives.
pression ou à des vibrations excessives.
Consultez votre revendeur ou un répara-
Consultez votre revendeur ou un répara-
teur agréé FUJIFILM.
teur agréé FUJIFILM.
■
■
Après toute utilisation
Après toute utilisation
Q
Q
Retirez tout élément éventuellement
Retirez tout élément éventuellement
présent sur le joint d’étanchéité et
présent sur le joint d’étanchéité et
les surfaces adjacentes. Ces éléments
les surfaces adjacentes. Ces éléments
pourraient endommager le joint, en-
pourraient endommager le joint, en-
traînant une diminution de la résistance
traînant une diminution de la résistance
à l’eau.
à l’eau.
Q
Q
Après avoir utilisé l’appareil photo
Après avoir utilisé l’appareil photo
sous l’eau ou dans des endroits où des
sous l’eau ou dans des endroits où des
éléments extérieurs risquent d’adhérer
éléments extérieurs risquent d’adhérer
au boîtier, rincez l’appareil photo au
au boîtier, rincez l’appareil photo au
robinet ou faites-le tremper dans une
robinet ou faites-le tremper dans une
bassine d’eau douce pendant deux à
bassine d’eau douce pendant deux à
trois minutes.
trois minutes.
Q
Q
N’utilisez jamais de savons liquides, de
N’utilisez jamais de savons liquides, de
détergents, d’alcool et d’autres netto-
détergents, d’alcool et d’autres netto-
yants car ils peuvent compromettre la
yants car ils peuvent compromettre la
résistance à l’eau de l’appareil photo.
résistance à l’eau de l’appareil photo.
Q
Q
Après toute utilisation, essuyez les gout-
Après toute utilisation, essuyez les gout-
tes d’eau et tout autre élément avec un
tes d’eau et tout autre élément avec un
chi on sec, verrouillez bien le couvercle
chi on sec, verrouillez bien le couvercle
du compartiment de la batterie et faites
du compartiment de la batterie et faites
tremper l’appareil photo dans de l’eau
tremper l’appareil photo dans de l’eau
douce pendant dix minutes environ.
douce pendant dix minutes environ.
Essuyez soigneusement l’appareil photo
Essuyez soigneusement l’appareil photo
après l’avoir sorti de l’eau.
après l’avoir sorti de l’eau.
■
■
Stockage et maintenance
Stockage et maintenance
Q
Q
Ne rangez pas l’appareil photo à des
Ne rangez pas l’appareil photo à des
températures inférieures à 0 °C ou
températures inférieures à 0 °C ou
supérieures à 40 °C.
supérieures à 40 °C.
Q
Q
Pour garantir une résistance à l’eau
Pour garantir une résistance à l’eau
permanente, il est recommandé de
permanente, il est recommandé de
remplacer le joint d’étanchéité environ
remplacer le joint d’étanchéité environ
une fois par an (ce service est payant).
une fois par an (ce service est payant).
Prenez contact avec votre revendeur
Prenez contact avec votre revendeur
ou un réparateur agréé FUJIFILM pour
ou un réparateur agréé FUJIFILM pour
obtenir plus d’informations.
obtenir plus d’informations.
■
■
Climats froids
Climats froids
Q
Q
Les performances des batteries
Les performances des batteries
diminuent à basse température, ce qui
diminuent à basse température, ce qui
a pour conséquence de réduire le nom-
a pour conséquence de réduire le nom-
bre de prises de vues possible. Isolez
bre de prises de vues possible. Isolez
l’appareil photo pour le maintenir au
l’appareil photo pour le maintenir au
chaud ou placez-le dans vos vêtements.
chaud ou placez-le dans vos vêtements.
Q
Q
Utilisez une batterie NP-50A.
Utilisez une batterie NP-50A.
Q
Q
Il se peut que l’a chage mette plus de
Il se peut que l’a chage mette plus de
temps à réagir à basse température. Il ne
temps à réagir à basse température. Il ne
s’agit pas d’un dysfonctionnement.
s’agit pas d’un dysfonctionnement.
iiiESPAÑOL
Asegúrese de leer estas notas antes de utilizar el producto
Notas de seguridad
• Asegúrese de utilizar su cámara correctamente.
No olvide leer estas notas de seguridad y este
Manual del propietario con la máxima atención
antes de utilizarla.
• Después de leer estas notas de seguridad, guárdelas
en un lugar seguro.
Acerca de los símbolos
Los símbolos que se explican a continuación indican
la gravedad y el peligro que puede existir si no se tie-
ne en cuenta la información indicada por el símbolo o
si el producto se utiliza incorrectamente.
ADVERTENCIA
Este símbolo indica que si se ig-
nora la advertencia, el uso inade-
cuado del producto puede causar
la muerte o lesiones graves.
PRECAUCIÓN
Este símbolo indica que si se ignora
la advertencia, el uso inadecuado
del producto puede causar lesiones
personales o daños materiales.
ADVERTENCIA
ADVERTENCIA
Si se presenta cualquier problema, desconecte la cámara,
extraiga la pila, y desconecte y desenchufe el adaptador
de alimentación de CA. Si se sigue usando la cámara
cuando sale humo de la misma, se produce algún
olor extraño o cuando está ocurriendo algo
anormal, podría producirse un incendio o una
descarga eléctrica. Póngase en contacto con su
distribuidor FUJIFILM.
Evite la entrada de agua o de cualquier objeto extraño dentro
de la cámara. Si entra agua o algún cuerpo extraño en
la cámara, desconéctela, extraiga la pila, y desconec-
te y desenchufe el adaptador de alimentación de
CA. No continúe utilizando la cámara, ya que podría
causar un incendio o una descarga eléctrica. Pónga-
se en contacto con su distribuidor FUJIFILM.
No utilice esta cámara en el cuarto de baño. Si lo hiciera po-
dría producirse un incendio o descargas eléctricas.
Nunca intente modi car o desmantelar la cámara (nunca abra
la tapa). Si no cumple con esta precaución podría
producirse un incendio o descargas eléctricas.
ADVERTENCIA
ADVERTENCIA
Si a causa de una caída o accidente la tapa se abre, no toque las
partes expuestas. Si hace caso omiso de esta precau-
ción, podría producirse un incendio o una descarga
eléctrica al tocar las partes dañadas. Extraiga las pilas
inmediatamente, teniendo mucho cuidado de evitar
lesiones o descargas eléctricas, y lleve el producto al
punto de adquisición para consulta.
No modi que, caliente ni retuerza el cable o tire del mismo
de forma inadecuada y no coloque objetos pesados sobre
el mismo. Estas acciones pueden dañar el cable, lo
que podría resultar en un incendio o una descarga
eléctrica. Si el cable resulta dañado, póngase en
contacto con el distribuidor de FUJIFILM.
No coloque la cámara sobre una super cie inestable. Si lo
hiciera podría caerse y causar lesiones.
Nunca intente hacer fotos cuando se esté moviendo. No use
la cámara cuando vaya andando o cuando vaya
conduciendo un vehículo. Si lo hiciera podría caerse
o causar un accidente.
No toque las partes metálicas de la cámara durante una
tormenta. Si lo hiciera, podría producirse una
descarga eléctrica debido a la corriente inducida por
los relámpagos.
Use la pila únicamente de la forma especi cada. Coloque la
pila tal y como muestra el indicador.
No someta la pila a fuentes de calor, modi caciones ni la
desmantele. No someta la pila a fuertes impactos, ni la tire
contra el suelo. No almacene la pila junto a objetos metálicos.
Cualquiera de estas acciones pueden hacer que la
pila se parta o suelte líquido, causando un incendio
o lesiones.
Utilice sólo la pila o el adaptador de alimentación de CA que se
especi can para el uso con esta cámara. Utilice sólo la fuente
de alimentación del voltaje indicado. El uso de otras fuen-
tes de alimentación puede causar un incendio.
Si la pila tiene fugas y el  uido entra en contacto con sus ojos,
piel o ropa, lave repetidamente la parte afectada con agua
limpia e inmediatamente busque asistencia médica o contacte
con los servicios de emergencias.
Si la batería se coloca incorrectamente existe el riesgo de explo-
sión. Sustituir únicamente por el mismo tipo o equivalente.
No utilice el producto en la presencia de objetos in amables,
gases explosivos o polvo.
ADVERTENCIA
ADVERTENCIA
Cuando transporte la pila, colóquela en la cámara digital o
manténgala dentro del estuche. Al almacenar la pila, guárdela
en el estuche. Cuando la deseche, tape los terminales de la
misma con cinta aislante. El contacto con otros objetos
metálicos o pilas podría provocar la explosión o
incendio de la pila.
Mantenga las tarjetas de memoria fuera del alcance de los
niños pequeños. Dado el pequeño tamaño de las
tarjetas de memoria, podrían ser ingeridas por un
niño. Asegúrese de guardar las tarjetas de memoria
fuera del alcance de los niños. Si un niño ingiriese
una tarjeta de memoria, busque asistencia médica o
contacte con los servicios de emergencia.
PRECAUCIÓN
PRECAUCIÓN
No guarde esta cámara en un lugar en el que existan vapores
de aceite o similares, humedad o polvo. Si lo hiciera podría
producirse un incendio o descargas eléctricas.
No deje esta cámara en lugares expuestos a altas tempera-
turas. No deje la cámara en lugares tales como un
vehículo cerrado o donde dé la luz directa del sol.
Podría producir un incendio.
Mantener fuera del alcance de los niños. Este producto
puede producir lesiones en manos de un niño.
No coloque objetos pesados sobre la cámara. Esto podría
hacer que el objeto pesado se cayera y producir
lesiones.
No mueva la cámara mientras el adaptador de alimentación
de CA esté conectado. No tire del cable de conexión para
desconectar el adaptador de alimentación de CA. Esto podría
estropear el cable de alimentación y provocar un
incendio o descargas eléctricas.
Si el enchufe está dañado o la toma de conexión está suelta, no
utilice el adaptador de alimentación de CA. Si lo hiciera po-
dría producirse un incendio o descargas eléctricas.
No tape ni envuelva la cámara o el adaptador de alimentación
de CA con un paño o manta. Esto podría causar un
recalentamiento que deformaría la carcasa o podría
causar un incendio.
Cuando limpie la cámara o no tenga intención de utilizarla
durante un tiempo prolongado, extraiga la pila y desconecte
y desenchufe el adaptador de alimentación de CA. Si no lo
hiciera, podría producirse un incendio o descargas
eléctricas.
iv ESPAÑOL
PRECAUCIÓN
PRECAUCIÓN
Al terminar de cargar la pila, desconecte el cargador del
enchufe de la red. Si deja el cargador enchufado a la
red se puede producir un incendio.
Utilizar un  ash demasiado cerca de los ojos de una persona
puede afectar su vista momentáneamente. Tenga especial
cuidado al fotogra ar a niños pequeños.
Retire sus dedos de la ventana del  ash antes de que se
dispare. Si se hace caso omiso de esta precaución
podrían producirse quemaduras.
Mantenga la ventana del  ash limpia y no utilice el  ash
si la ventana se encuentra obstruida. De no cumplir
con estas precauciones podría aparecer humo o
decoloraciones.
AVISO IMPORTANTE:
Lea antes de utilizar el Software
Está prohibida la exportación directa o indirecta,
completa o en parte, del software con licencia sin
el permiso de las autoridades gubernamentales
correspondientes.
Manejo de la cámara
No apunte la cámara a fuentes de luz extremada-
mente brillantes, como por ejemplo al sol en un día
despejado. Si hace caso omiso de esta precaución
podría dañar el sensor de imagen de la cámara.
Pilas de ión de litio
Pilas de ión de litio
A continuación se describe cómo utilizar correcta-
mente las pilas y prolongar así su vida útil. El uso
incorrecto reduciría la vida útil de la pila o podría
causar fugas, sobrecalentamientos, incendios o
explosiones.
La pila no sale de fábrica cargada. Cargue la pila
antes de utilizarla. Si no va a utilizar la pila, guárdela
en su funda.
■Almacenamiento
Si una pila permanece almacenada durante largos
períodos de tiempo encontrándose cargada, el
rendimiento de la pila puede resultar negativamente
afectado. Antes de almacenar una pila, deje que se
agote completamente.
Si no va a utilizar la cámara durante largos períodos
de tiempo, extraiga la pila y guárdela en un lugar
seco que posea una temperatura ambiente de entre
+15 °C y +25 °C. No la guarde en lugares expuestos a
temperaturas extremas.
■Precauciones: Manejo de la pila
• Utilícela únicamente con los cargadores designados.
• Evite que entre en contacto con el agua.
• Mantenga los terminales limpios.
• La pila y la carcasa de la cámara podrían estar
calientes al tacto tras un uso prolongado. Esto es
normal. Durante períodos de uso continuado se
recomienda un adaptador de alimentación de CA.
No transporte ni guarde las pilas de manera
que puedan entrar en contacto con objetos
metálicos, como por ejemplo collares u
horquillas del pelo.
No la exponga a llamas o fuentes de calor.
Desecho
Desecho
Deshágase de las pilas usadas en conformidad con
las normativas locales. Antes de desechar la cámara,
incluyendo las pilas o acumuladores, póngase en
contacto con las autoridades responsables de la
gestión de desechos para obtener información sobre
la forma de desecho correcta.
Cristal líquido
Cristal líquido
Si el monitor LCD es dañado, deberá tomar las medi-
das necesarias para evitar todo contacto con el cristal
líquido. Si se presenta alguna de las siguientes situa-
ciones tome urgentemente las acciones indicadas:
• Si el cristal líquido entra en contacto con su piel, lim-
pie el área afectada con un paño y a continuación
lávela profusamente con jabón y agua corriente.
• Si el cristal líquido entra en contacto con sus ojos,
lávese profusamente los ojos con agua limpia
durante al menos 15 minutos y después busque
asistencia médica.
• Si ingiere cristal líquido, lávese la boca profusamente
con agua. Beba grandes cantidades de agua y trate
de provocarse vómitos, a continuación busque
asistencia médica.
Aunque la pantalla ha sido fabricada utilizando
tecnología de la más alta precisión, podría contener
píxeles que permanezcan siempre iluminados o que
no se iluminen nunca. Esto no indica un mal funcio-
namiento y las imágenes grabadas con el producto
no se verán afectadas.
Notas sobre derechos de autor
Notas sobre derechos de autor
Las imágenes grabadas mediante su sistema de
cámara digital no se pueden utilizar de forma que
infrinjan las leyes de los derechos de autor (copyright)
sin consentimiento del propietario, a menos que
estén destinadas exclusivamente al uso personal.
Tenga en cuenta que algunas restricciones se aplican
a las fotografías de espectáculos sobre un escenario,
diversiones, y exhibiciones, incluso aunque estén
destinadas a un uso puramente personal. Se advierte
a los usuarios de que la transferencia de tarjetas
de memoria que contengan imágenes o datos
protegidos por las leyes de propiedad intelectual
sólo está autorizada siempre que cumplan con las
leyes vigentes y dentro de las restricciones que las
mismas incluyan.
AVISOS
Para prevenir un incendio o riesgo de descargas
eléctricas, no exponga la unidad a la lluvia o
humedad.
Lea las “Notas de seguridad” y asegúrese de
comprenderlas antes de utilizar la cámara.
Materiales de perclorato—pueden necesitar
un manejo especial. Consulte http://www.dtsc.
ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
vESPAÑOL
Información sobre marcas comerciales
Información sobre marcas comerciales
xD-Picture Card y E son marcas comerciales
de FUJIFILM Corporation. Los caracteres incluidos
de ahora en adelante han sido desarrollados exclusi-
vamente por DynaComware Taiwan Inc. Macintosh,
QuickTime, y Mac OS son marcas comerciales de
Apple Inc. en los Estados Unidos y en otros países.
Windows 7, Windows Vista y el logotipo de Windows
son marcas comerciales del grupo empresarial
Microsoft. Adobe y Adobe Reader son marcas
comerciales o marcas comerciales registradas de
Adobe Systems Incorporated en los Estados Unidos
y/o en otros países. Los logotipos SDHC y SDXC son
marcas comerciales de SD-3C, LLC. El logotipo HDMI
es una marca comercial. YouTube es una marca
comercial de Google Inc. Cualquier otro nombre
comercial mencionado en este manual es la marca
comercial o la marca comercial registrada de sus
respectivos propietarios.
Para los clientes en los EE.UU.
Para los clientes en los EE.UU.
Probada para cumplir con la normativa
FCC PARA USO EN EL HOGAR U OFICINA
Declaración FCC: Este dispositivo cumple con la Parte
15 de las normas FCC. El funcionamiento depende
de las siguientes dos condiciones: (1) Este dispositivo
no puede causar interferencias dañinas, y (2) este
dispositivo debe aceptar las interferencias recibidas,
incluyendo las interferencias que podrían causar un
funcionamiento no deseado.
PRECAUCIÓN: Este dispositivo ha sido probado y
encontrado en pleno cumplimiento con los límites
para dispositivos digitales de Clase B en conformidad
con la Parte 15 de las normas FCC. Dichos límites han
sido diseñados para proporcionar una protección
razonable contra interferencias dañinas en una
instalación residencial. El equipo genera, utiliza, y
puede radiar energía de radio frecuencia y, si no se
instala y utiliza de acuerdo a las instrucciones, podría
causar interferencias dañinas en las comunicaciones
de radio. Sin embargo, no existe garantía alguna de
que la interferencia no se producirá en una instalación
en particular. Si este equipo produce interferencias
dañinas en la recepción de radio o televisión,
las cuales pueden determinarse encendiendo y
apagando el equipo, se recomienda al usuario
intentar corregir las interferencias mediante una de las
siguientes medidas:
• Reoriente o coloque la antena receptora en
otro lugar.
• Aumente la separación entre el equipo y el receptor.
• Conecte el equipo en una toma con diferente
circuito al cual el receptor esté conectado.
• Consulte al distribuidor o a un técnico experimenta-
do de radio/televisión para obtener ayuda.
• Se le advierte que cualquier cambio o modifi cación
que no haya sido expresamente autorizado en este
manual podría anular la autoridad del usuario para
manejar el equipo.
Notas sobre la concesión: Para cumplir con la Parte 15
de las normas FCC, este producto debe utilizarse con
un cable de A/V de núcleo de ferrita especifi cado por
Fujifi lm, un cable USB y un cable de suministro de CC.
Para los clientes en Canadá
Para los clientes en Canadá
PRECAUCIÓN: Este aparato digital de Clase B cumple
con la ICES-003 canadiense.
INSTRUCCIONES DE SEGURIDAD IMPORTANTES
• Lea estas instrucciones.
• Guarde estas instrucciones.
• Preste atención a todos los avisos.
• Siga todas las instrucciones.
• No utilice este aparato cerca del agua.
• Limpie únicamente con un paño seco.
• No bloquee ninguna abertura de ventilación.
Instalar en conformidad con las instrucciones del
fabricante.
• No instalar cerca de fuentes de calor tales como
radiadores, o registros de calor, estufas u otros
aparatos que produzcan calor (incluyendo
amplifi cadores).
• Evite que el cable de alimentación sea pisado,
pinzado, especialmente a la altura del enchufe,
tomacorrientes y en el punto de salida del aparato.
• Utilizar únicamente accesorios especifi cados por
el fabricante.
• Desenchufe este aparato durante tormentas
eléctricas o al no utilizarlo durante largos períodos
de tiempo.
• Para cualquier consulta sobre el mantenimiento
póngase en contacto con el personal de servicio
cualifi cado. El mantenimiento será necesario si
el aparato ha sido dañado de algún modo, como
por ejemplo daños en el cable del suministro de
alimentación o en el enchufe, si se ha derramado
líquido o si objetos han caído sobre el aparato, si el
aparato ha sido expuesto a la lluvia o humedad, si
no funciona con normalidad o si se ha caído.
Cuidado de la cámara
Para poder disfrutar de forma continua de este pro-
ducto, tenga en cuenta las siguientes precauciones.
Almacenamiento y uso
Almacenamiento y uso
Si la cámara no se va a utilizar durante un período
prolongado, extraiga la pila y la tarjeta de memoria.
No almacene o utilice la cámara en lugares:
• expuestos a la lluvia, vapor o humo
• muy húmedos o extremadamente sucios
• expuestos a la luz solar directa o a temperaturas
muy altas, como en el interior de un vehículo
cerrado en un día soleado
• extremadamente fríos
• afectados por vibraciones fuertes
• expuestos a campos magnéticos fuertes, como por
ejemplo cerca de antenas transmisoras, líneas de
energía, emisores de radar, motores, transforma-
dores o imanes
• expuestos a productos químicos volátiles tales
como pesticidas
• junto a productos de caucho o vinilo
■Agua y arena
La exposición al agua y a la arena puede dañar la
cámara, sus circuitos internos y sus mecanismos.
Al utilizar la cámara en la playa o en la costa, evite
exponerla al agua o a la arena. No coloque la cámara
sobre una superfi cie mojada.
vi ESPAÑOL
■Condensación
El incremento repentino de la temperatura, como al
entrar en un edifi cio con calefacción en un día frío,
puede hacer que se produzca condensación dentro
de la cámara. Si esto ocurre, apague la cámara y
espere una hora antes de volver a encenderla. Si se
produce condensación en la tarjeta de memoria,
extraiga la tarjeta y espere a que se disipe la
condensación.
Limpieza
Limpieza
Utilice un soplador para quitar el polvo del objetivo
y del monitor LCD; luego, limpie suavemente con un
paño suave y seco. Las manchas se pueden eliminar
limpiando suavemente con un papel de limpieza para
objetivos de FUJIFILM, el cual debe tener una peque-
ña cantidad de líquido para limpieza de objetivos.
Tenga cuidado de no rayar el objetivo o el monitor
LCD. El cuerpo de la cámara se puede limpiar con un
paño suave y seco. No utilice alcohol, disolvente o
cualquier otro producto químico volátil.
Transporte
Transporte
Mantenga la cámara en su equipaje de mano. El
equipaje facturado podría sufrir golpes violentos que
podrían dañar la cámara.
Desecho de equipos eléctricos y electrónicos en
Desecho de equipos eléctricos y electrónicos en
el hogar
el hogar
En la Unión Europea, Noruega, Islandia y
Liechtenstein: Este símbolo en el pro-
ducto, o en el manual y en la garantía,
y/o en su envoltura indica que este
producto no deberá ser tratado como
residuo doméstico. Por el contrario,
deberá llevarlo al punto de recolección
aplicable para el reciclado del equipo
electrónico y eléctrico.
Al asegurarse de que este producto sea desechado
correctamente, ayudará a prevenir daños al medio
ambiente y a la salud de las personas, que podrían
derivarse del desecho incorrecto de este producto.
Este símbolo en las baterías o
acumuladores indica que las pilas no
deberán ser tratadas como residuos
domésticos.
Si su equipo posee pilas extraíbles o acumuladores,
deséchelos por separado en conformidad con sus
requisitos locales.
El reciclaje de materiales ayudará a la conservación de
los recursos naturales. Para obtener más información
sobre el reciclaje de este producto, póngase en
contacto con su ofi cina municipal local, su servicio
de recogida de basuras o la tienda en la que adquirió
el producto.
En países fuera de la Unión Europea, Noruega, Islandia
y Liechtenstein: Si desea desechar este producto,
incluyendo las pilas o acumuladores, póngase en
contacto con sus autoridades locales y consulte cuál
es el mejor modo de desecho.
viiESPAÑOL
Tabla de contenido
Tabla de contenido
Fonctionnalités du produit et précautions d’emploi .....ii
Asegúrese de leer estas notas antes de utilizar el
producto ................................................................... iii
Primeros pasos
Primeros pasos
Accesorios suministrados ..................................................1
Carga de la pila ..................................................................1
Inserción de las pilas y de una tarjeta de memoria ........2
Encender la cámara ...........................................................2
Toma de imágenes ............................................................3
Visualización de imágenes ...............................................4
Borrar imágenes ................................................................4
Resolución de problemas..................................................4
Vídeos
Vídeos
Grabación de vídeos ..........................................................5
Visualización de los vídeos ...............................................7
Referencia
Referencia
Partes de la cámara ...........................................................8
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración .......9
1ESPAÑOL
Primeros pasos
Primeros pasos
Accesorios suministrados
Accesorios suministrados
qw
e
r
y
t
q Pila recargable NP-50A w Cargador de pilas BC-50A
e Adaptador de clavija (La forma del adaptador varía según la región de venta.)
r Cable USB t Correa y CD-ROM
• Basic Manual (este documento)
• Manual del propietario (en algunos países o regiones podría distribuirse en
CD)
Coloque la correa tal y como se
muestra.
Tarjetas de memoria
Tarjetas de memoria
Las imágenes se pueden almacenar en la memoria interna de la cámara o en tarjetas de memoria SD, SDHC y
SDXC opcionales, referidas en este manual como “tarjetas de memoria”.
Carga de la pila
Carga de la pila
La pila no sale de fábrica cargada. Cargue la pila antes de utilizarla.
1
Coloque el adaptador de clavija tal y como se
muestra debajo, asegurándose de que esté
completamente insertado y encaje en su
lugar sobre los terminales del cargador.
QEl adaptador de clavija
es para uso exclusivo
con el cargador de
pila suministrado. No
lo utilice con otros
dispositivos.
Adaptador
de clavija
Cargador
de pilas
2
Coloque la pila de acuerdo a la orientación
indicada por las etiquetas DFC.
Etiqueta
DFC
Lámpara de
carga
Flecha
Etiqueta
DFC
Pila
3
Conecte el cargador. El indicador de carga se
iluminará.
4
Extraiga la pila cuando la lámpara indicadora
se ilumine en verde indicando que la carga
está completa.
2ESPAÑOL Primeros pasos
Inserción de la pila y de la tarjeta de memoria
Inserción de la pila y de la tarjeta de memoria
1
Abra la tapa del compartimiento de las pilas.
Suelte la pestaña
de bloqueo (q) y
el cierre de segu-
ridad (w) y abra
la cubierta del
compartimiento de
las pilas (e).
RAntes de abrir la tapa, asegúrese de que la
cámara esté apagada.
2
Introduzca la pila.
Alinee la franja
naranja de la pila
con la franja naranja
del pestillo de la pila
e introduzca la pila
en la cámara, manteniendo el pestillo de la
pila presionado hacia un lado. Confi rme que la
pila esté correctamente acoplada.
3
Introduzca una tarjeta de memoria tal y como
se muestra, deténgase cuando encaje en su
lugar en la parte trasera de la ranura.
Clic
RAsegúrese de que la tarjeta esté en la
orientación correcta, no la inserte en ángulo
ni utilice fuerza.
4
Cierre y bloquee la
tapa del compar-
timento de la pila.
Cierre la cubierta
(q) y luego cierre la
pestaña de bloqueo
(w) y el cierre de seguridad (e).
QNo utilice fuerza excesiva al manipular la tapa
del compartimiento de las pilas.
Encender la cámara
Encender la cámara
Pulse el botón ON/OFF para encender la cámara. Podrá apagar la cámara
pulsando de nuevo el botón ON/OFF.
Selección del idioma/Ajuste del reloj de la cámara
Selección del idioma/Ajuste del reloj de la cámara
Cuando se enciende la cámara por primera vez, aparece un cuadro de diálogo de selección de idioma. Resalte
un idioma y pulse MENU/OK. Se le solicitará ajustar el reloj de la cámara; pulse el selector hacia la izquierda o
derecha para resaltar el año, mes, día, hora o minuto y pulse el selector hacia arriba o hacia abajo para cambiar
(para cambiar el orden en el que el año, mes y día son visualizados, resalte el formato de la fecha y pulse el
selector hacia arriba o hacia abajo). Una vez fi nalizados los ajustes, pulse MENU/OK.
eqw
q
w e
3ESPAÑOL Primeros pasos
Q
Q
modo
modo
En este modo, la cámara analiza automáticamente la composición y ajusta adecua-
damente la confi guración.
La cámara selecciona la escena según las condiciones de disparo y el tipo de sujeto:
b RETRATO (retratos), c PAISAJE (paisajes), d NOCTURNO (paisajes escasamente ilumina-
dos), e MACRO (primeros planos), f RETRATO NOCTURNO (retratos escasamente ilumina-
dos), g RETRATO A CONTRALUZ (retratos a contraluz), a AUTO (el resto de las escenas)
Símbolo g
Símbolo de escena
g es visualizado en el monitor para indicar que la cámara está ajustando continuamente el enfoque y
buscando rostros, aumentando el desgaste de la pila.
Toma de imágenes
Toma de imágenes
En esta sección se explica cómo tomar fotografías en el modo Q (reconocim. escena).
1
Encienda la cámara.
2
Utilice el control de zoom para encuadrar la
imagen en la pantalla.
Indicador de zoom
Alejar zoom (AMPLIO) Acercar zoom (TELE)
3
Pulse el disparador hasta la mitad para
enfocar. Si la cámara puede enfocar, sonará
un pitido dos veces y la lámpara indicadora se
iluminará en verde; para tomar la fotografía,
pulse suavemente el disparador hasta el
fondo.
Doble pitido Clic
Pulse hasta la mitad
para enfocar
Pulse hasta el fondo
para disparar
4ESPAÑOL Primeros pasos
Visualización de imágenes
Visualización de imágenes
Para ver imágenes, pulse a. La imagen más reciente será visualizada;
pulse el selector hacia la izquierda o derecha para ver imágenes adicio-
nales.
Para acercar el zoom sobre la imagen actual, seleccione T con el control
de zoom y utilice el selector para ver las áreas de la imagen que no
están actualmente visibles en la pantalla.
Seleccione W para aumentar el número de imágenes visualizadas o T
para ver menos imágenes.
Borrar imágenes
Borrar imágenes
Para borrar una imagen, visualícela a pantalla completa y pulse el selector
hacia arriba (b), y seleccione una imagen a borrar.
Para salir de la reproducción y volver al modo de disparo, pulse el
disparador.
Resolución de problemas
Resolución de problemas
Problema
Problema
Solución
Solución
La cámara no se enciende.
La cámara no se enciende.
•
•
La pila está agotada
La pila está agotada
: Cargue la pila o inserte una pila de repuesto completamente cargada.
: Cargue la pila o inserte una pila de repuesto completamente cargada.
•
•
No ha colocado la pila correctamente
No ha colocado la pila correctamente
: Vuelva a colocarla en la posición correcta.
: Vuelva a colocarla en la posición correcta.
•
•
La tapa del compartimiento de las pilas no está cerrada
La tapa del compartimiento de las pilas no está cerrada
: Cierre la tapa del compartimento de las pilas.
: Cierre la tapa del compartimento de las pilas.
Si desea información adicional sobre la resolución de problemas, visite http://www.fujifilm.com/.
Para más información, consulte el Manual del propietario (CD) o visite http://www.fujifilm.com/
products/digital_cameras/index.html.
5ESPAÑOL
Vídeos
Vídeos
Grabación de vídeos
Grabación de vídeos
Pulse t para grabar un vídeo. Durante la grabación
y GRAB. y el tiempo restante serán visualizados en
el monitor LCD y el sonido será registrado mediante el
micrófono incorporado (ponga especial atención para
no bloquear el micrófono durante la grabación).
12
s
12
s
GRAB.
El tiempo disponible aparece
visualizado en el monitor
Para  nalizar la grabación, pulse de nuevo el botón t. La grabación termina
automáticamente cuando el vídeo alcanza la duración máxima o cuando la
memoria está llena.
RMientras la grabación está en curso puede ajustar el zoom. Podrá seleccionar el tipo de
zoom utilizando la opción p ZOOM PELÍCULA del menú de con guración.
REl enfoque, la exposición y el balance de blancos se ajustan automáticamente durante
la grabación (el modo de enfoque puede seleccionarse utilizando la opción F MODO
AF VÍDEO del menú de disparo). El color y el brillo de la imagen podrían variar respecto
de los que se visualizan antes de iniciar la grabación.
RLos sonidos realizados por la cámara podrían grabarse.
6ESPAÑOLVídeos
Grabación de vídeos
QLa lámpara indicadora se enciende durante la grabación de vídeos. No abra el com-
partimiento de las pilas durante la grabación ni mientras la lámpara indicadora esté
encendida. Si hace caso omiso de esta precaución, es posible que el vídeo no se pueda
reproducir.
QPueden aparecer franjas verticales u horizontales en vídeos que contienen sujetos muy
brillantes. Esto es normal y no indica mal funcionamiento.
QLa temperatura de la cámara podría aumentar si se utiliza para grabar vídeos durante
largos períodos de tiempo o si la temperatura ambiente es alta. Esto es normal y no
indica mal funcionamiento.
Tamaño del fotograma de vídeo
Tamaño del fotograma de vídeo
Antes de grabar, seleccione el tamaño del fotograma utilizando la opción
WMODO VÍDEO en el menú de disparo.
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
i 1920 (1920 × 1080) HD total (High De nition: Alta De nción).
h 1280 (1280 × 720)Alta de nición.
f ( 640 × 480)De nción estándar.
k 640 × 480 (80 fps)Vídeo a alta velocidad. No se grabará el sonido, y el enfoque, exposición y
equilibrio blanco no se ajustarán automáticamente.
k 320 × 240 (160 fps)
k 320 × 240 (240 fps)
7ESPAÑOL Vídeos
Visualización de los vídeos
Visualización de los vídeos
Durante la reproducción, los vídeos se visualizan en el moni-
tor LCD como se muestra a la derecha. Se pueden realizar las
siguientes operaciones mientras se visualiza un vídeo:
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Iniciar/inte-
Iniciar/inte-
rrumpir la
rrumpir la
reproducción
reproducción
Pulse el selector hacia abajo para iniciar la reproducción. Púlselo
de nuevo para hacer una pausa.
Finalizar
Finalizar
reproducción/
reproducción/
borrar
borrar
Pulse el selector hacia arriba para  nalizar la reproducción. Si
pulsa el selector hacia arriba sin que esté reproduciendo un
vídeo, se borrará el vídeo.
Ajuste de
Ajuste de
velocidad
velocidad
Pulse el selector hacia la izquierda o derecha para ajustar la veloci-
dad de reproducción durante la reproducción.
Ajustar el
Ajustar el
volumen
volumen
Pulse MENU/OK para hacer una pausa en la reproducción y
visualizar los controles de volumen. Pulse el selector hacia
arriba o hacia abajo para ajustar el volumen y pulse MENU/OK
para salir. El volumen también puede ser ajustado desde el
menú de con guración.
REPRODUCCIÓN
100-006
100-006
Velocidad de reproducción
Velocidad de reproducción
Pulse el selector hacia la izquierda o derecha para ajustar la velocidad
de reproducción. La velocidad se muestra mediante el número de
echas (M o N).
Flecha
PARO PAUSA
5m42s
5m42s
Q No cubra el altavoz durante la reproducción.
8ESPAÑOL
Referencia
Referencia
Partes de la cámara
Partes de la cámara
Botón selector
Cursor hacia arriba/
Botón d (compensación de exposición)/b (borrar)Botón MENU/OK
Cursor hacia la derecha/Botón N ( ash)Cursor hacia la izquierda/Botón F (macro)
Cursor hacia abajo/Botón h (autodisparador)
Botón DISP (mostrar)/
BACK (ATRÁS)
Botón a (reproducción)
Micrófono (P 5)
Altavoz (P 7)
• Botón a: Visualiza imágenes (P 4).
• Botón DISP/BACK: Visualiza u oculta indicadores o cancela la operación actual.
Manténgalo pulsado para deshabilitar el altavoz y el  ash en aquellas situa-
ciones en las que no sea oportuno que la cámara emita luces y sonidos.
9ESPAÑOL Referencia
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
■
■
Uso del Selector (
Uso del Selector (
F
F
,
,
h
h
,
, N
, o
, o
d
d
) durante los disparos
) durante los disparos
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Control
Control
F
F
Macro
Macro
Realiza primeros planos de objetos pequeños.
Realiza primeros planos de objetos pequeños. Pulse el selector hacia
la izquierda (F)
FOFF
h
h
Autodisparador
Autodisparador
Se usa para reducir efectos borrosos y permitir al
Se usa para reducir efectos borrosos y permitir al
fotógrafo aparecer en la imagen.
fotógrafo aparecer en la imagen.
Pulse el selector hacia
abajo (h)
T
a
a
g
gSR
N
N
Flash
Flash
Usa el  ash para obtener iluminación adicional.
Usa el  ash para obtener iluminación adicional. Pulse el selector hacia
la derecha (N)
AUTO/KN
/LO
/MP
d
d
Compensación de
Compensación de
exposición
exposición
Fotografía sujetos muy brillantes, muy oscuros o
con alto contraste.
Pulse el selector hacia
arriba (d)
10ESPAÑOLReferencia
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
■
■
Uso del Selector durante los disparos (todos los modos)
Uso del Selector durante los disparos (todos los modos)
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Control
Control
A
A
MODO DE DISPARO
MODO DE DISPARO
Seleccione un modo de disparo de acuerdo con el tipo de sujeto.
Seleccione un modo de disparo de acuerdo con el tipo de sujeto.
Pulse MENU/OK y
navegue con el
selector
N
N
ISO
ISO
Controle la sensibilidad de la cámara a la luz.
Controle la sensibilidad de la cámara a la luz.
O
O
TAMAÑO IMAGEN
TAMAÑO IMAGEN
Elija el tamaño de la imagen y la relación de aspecto en la cual
Elija el tamaño de la imagen y la relación de aspecto en la cual
se grabarán las imágenes.
se grabarán las imágenes.
T
T
CALIDAD IMAGEN
CALIDAD IMAGEN
Seleccione cuánto desea comprimir los archivos de imagen.
Seleccione cuánto desea comprimir los archivos de imagen.
P
P
FINEPIX COLOR
FINEPIX COLOR
Mejora el contraste y la saturación del color o toma fotografías
Mejora el contraste y la saturación del color o toma fotografías
en blanco y negro.
en blanco y negro.
D
D
EQUILIBRIO BLANCO
EQUILIBRIO BLANCO
Ajuste los colores para compensar las diferentes fuentes de la
Ajuste los colores para compensar las diferentes fuentes de la
luz coloreada.
luz coloreada.
R
R
CONTINUO
CONTINUO Capture el movimiento en una secuencia de imágenes.
b
b
DETECCIÓN DE
DETECCIÓN DE
ROSTROS
ROSTROS
Elija si desea que la cámara automáticamente detecte y establez-
ca el enfoque y la exposición para retratos de sujetos humanos.
F
F
MODO AF
MODO AF
Esta opción controla la forma en la que la cámara selecciona la
Esta opción controla la forma en la que la cámara selecciona la
zona de enfoque para las fotografías.
zona de enfoque para las fotografías.
F
F
MODO AF VÍDEO
MODO AF VÍDEO Esta opción controla la forma en la que la cámara selecciona la
zona de enfoque para los vídeos.
W
W
MODO VÍDEO
MODO VÍDEO
Elija un tamaño de fotograma para los vídeos.
Elija un tamaño de fotograma para los vídeos.
q
q
ILUMINADOR LED
ILUMINADOR LED
Elija si desea que las luces LED iluminen los sujetos cercanos
Elija si desea que las luces LED iluminen los sujetos cercanos
bajo condiciones de iluminación escasa.
bajo condiciones de iluminación escasa.
11 ESPAÑOL Referencia
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
■
■
Uso del Selector durante la reproducción (el Menú de reproducción)
Uso del Selector durante la reproducción (el Menú de reproducción)
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Control
Control
k
k
ASIST. PARA ÁLBUM
ASIST. PARA ÁLBUM Cree álbumes con sus fotos preferidas.
Pulse a para
comenzar la
reproducción,
pulse MENU/OK y
navegue con el
selector
+
+
b
b
BÚSQUEDA IMÁGENES
BÚSQUEDA IMÁGENES Buscar imágenes.
x
x
BORRAR
BORRAR Para borrar todas las imágenes o las imágenes seleccionadas.
c
c
EDITAR
EDITAR
Crea una copia retocada de la imagen actual.
Crea una copia retocada de la imagen actual.
n
n
EDITAR VÍDEO
EDITAR VÍDEO
Edite sus vídeos.
Edite sus vídeos.
j
j
ETIQ. PARA CARGA
ETIQ. PARA CARGA
Seleccione fotografías para cargar en YouTube o Facebook
Seleccione fotografías para cargar en YouTube o Facebook
utilizando MyFinePix Studio (únicamente Windows).
utilizando MyFinePix Studio (únicamente Windows).
I
I
PROYECCIÓN
PROYECCIÓN Permite ver las imágenes en una presentación automática.
B
B
SUPR. OJ0S ROJOS
SUPR. OJ0S ROJOS
Elimina los ojos rojos de imágenes realizadas con la Detección
Elimina los ojos rojos de imágenes realizadas con la Detección
Inteligente de rostros.
Inteligente de rostros.
D
D
PROTEGER
PROTEGER
Permite proteger imágenes contra el borrado accidental.
Permite proteger imágenes contra el borrado accidental.
G
G
REENCUADRE
REENCUADRE
Crea una copia recortada de la imagen actual.
Crea una copia recortada de la imagen actual.
O
O
REDIMENSIONAR
REDIMENSIONAR
Crea una copia pequeña de la imagen actual.
Crea una copia pequeña de la imagen actual.
C
C
GIRAR IMAGEN
GIRAR IMAGEN
Gira imágenes para su visualización.
Gira imágenes para su visualización.
E
E
COPIAR
COPIAR Permite copiar imágenes de la memoria interna a una tarjeta
de memoria.
K
K
PEDIDO COPIAS
PEDIDO COPIAS
(DPOF)
(DPOF)
Permite seleccionar imágenes para imprimirlas en dispositivos
compatibles con DPOF y PictBridge.
J
J
RELACIÓN ASPECTO
RELACIÓN ASPECTO Elija cómo los dispositivos de Alta De nición (HD) visualizan
las imágenes con una relación de aspecto de 4 : 3.
12ESPAÑOLReferencia
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
■
■
El menú de con guración
El menú de con guración
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Control
Control
F
F
FECHA/HORA
FECHA/HORA Permite ajustar el reloj de la cámara.
Visualice el menú de
reproducción o de dis-
paro y pulse el selector
hacia la izquierda para
resaltar la pestaña del
menú, a continuación
pulse el selector hacia
abajo para resaltar X y
pulse el selector hacia
la derecha para colocar
el cursor en el menú de
con guración.
SALIR
CONFIGURACIÓN
pestaña
N
N
DIF.HORARIA
DIF.HORARIA
Establecer el reloj en la hora local.
Establecer el reloj en la hora local.
L
L
a
aElije un idioma.
o
o
MODO SILENCIO
MODO SILENCIO
Seleccione SÍ para deshabilitar el altavoz y el  ash en aquellas
situaciones en las que las luces o sonidos procedentes de la
cámara no sean oportunos.
R
R
REINICIAR
REINICIAR
Restablecer los ajustes a los valores por defecto.
Restablecer los ajustes a los valores por defecto.
K
K
FORMATEAR
FORMATEAR
Formatear la tarjeta de memoria o la memoria interna.
Formatear la tarjeta de memoria o la memoria interna.
A
A
MOSTRAR FOTO
MOSTRAR FOTO
Permite especi car durante cuánto tiempo se deben mostrar
Permite especi car durante cuánto tiempo se deben mostrar
las fotografías en el monitor LCD después de tomarlas.
las fotografías en el monitor LCD después de tomarlas.
B
B
CONTADOR
CONTADOR
Elegir cómo se nombran los archivos.
Elegir cómo se nombran los archivos.
G
G
VOLUMEN BOTONES
VOLUMEN BOTONES
Ajuste el volumen de los sonidos producidos al manejar los
Ajuste el volumen de los sonidos producidos al manejar los
controles de la cámara.
controles de la cámara.
H
H
VOL.OBTURADOR
VOL.OBTURADOR
Ajuste el volumen de los sonidos producidos al liberar el
Ajuste el volumen de los sonidos producidos al liberar el
obturador.
obturador.
e
e
SONIDO
SONIDO
Elija los sonidos utilizados por el disparador, al inicio, y para los
Elija los sonidos utilizados por el disparador, al inicio, y para los
botones de la cámara.
botones de la cámara.
I
I
VOL.REPRODUCCIÓN
VOL.REPRODUCCIÓN
Permite ajustar el volumen de reproducción de vídeos.
Permite ajustar el volumen de reproducción de vídeos.
13 ESPAÑOL Referencia
Opciones de disparo, reproducción y con guración
Opción
Opción
Descripción
Descripción
Control
Control
J
J
BRILLO LCD
BRILLO LCD
Permite controlar el brillo de la pantalla.
Permite controlar el brillo de la pantalla.
Visualice el menú de
reproducción o de dis-
paro y pulse el selector
hacia la izquierda para
resaltar la pestaña del
menú, a continuación
pulse el selector hacia
abajo para resaltar X y
pulse el selector hacia
la derecha para colocar
el cursor en el menú de
con guración.
SALIR
CONFIGURACIÓN
pestaña
E
E
MODO LCD
MODO LCD Elija si la pantalla se oscurecerá automáticamente para ahorrar
energía.
M
M
AUTODESCONEXIÓN
AUTODESCONEXIÓN
Elegir el retardo de la autodesconexión.
Elegir el retardo de la autodesconexión.
L
L
DOBLE ESTABILIZ.
DOBLE ESTABILIZ.
Opciones de estabilización de imagen.
Opciones de estabilización de imagen.
B
B
SUPR. OJ0S ROJOS
SUPR. OJ0S ROJOS
Reducir “ojos rojos”.
Reducir “ojos rojos”.
D
D
ZOOM DIGITAL
ZOOM DIGITAL
Habilitar o deshabilitar el zoom digital.
Habilitar o deshabilitar el zoom digital.
p
p
ZOOM PELÍCULA
ZOOM PELÍCULA
Elija el tipo de zoom al grabar vídeos.
Elija el tipo de zoom al grabar vídeos.
t
t
GUARDAR FOTO
GUARDAR FOTO
ORIGINAL
ORIGINAL
Seleccione SÍ para guardar copias no procesadas de imáge-
nes realizadas utilizando B SUPR. OJOS ROJOS,
j LUZ BAJA PRO, o k RANGO DINÁMICO.
m
m
VIS. GIRO AUTO
VIS. GIRO AUTO
(únicamente XP150/XP160)
(únicamente XP150/XP160)
Seleccione
Seleccione
SÍ
SÍ
para girar automáticamente las imágenes en
para girar automáticamente las imágenes en
vertical (retrato) durante la reproducción.
vertical (retrato) durante la reproducción.
c
c
VER EXPLICACIÓN
VER EXPLICACIÓN
Elija si desea visualizar las sugerencias de herramientas.
Elija si desea visualizar las sugerencias de herramientas.
Q
Q
SISTEMA VIDEO
SISTEMA VIDEO
Permite seleccionar un modo de vídeo para la conexión a un
Permite seleccionar un modo de vídeo para la conexión a un
televisor.
televisor.
U
U
INCLUIR FECHA
INCLUIR FECHA Incluya la hora y/o fecha de grabación en las fotografías según
las vaya realizando.
R
R
DEMOSTRACIÓN
DEMOSTRACIÓN
(únicamente XP150/XP160)
(únicamente XP150/XP160)
Seleccione SÍ para una demonstración GPS. Esta opción debe
normalmente encontrarse desactivada.
M-1
Memo
Memo
M-2
Memo
Memo
W-4Worldwide Network
AFRICA
Madagascar Photorama S/R TEL 261-320729835 photorama@blueline.mg
South Africa Cameratek CC. S/R TEL +27 11 251 2400 www.cameratek.co.za
OCEANIA
Australia FUJIFILM Australia Pty Ltd S/R TEL 1800 226 355 digital@fujifilm.com.au
Fiji Brijlal & Co. Ltd S/R TEL (679)3304133 kapadia@connect.com.fj
New Caledonia
Phocidis SARL S/R TEL (00 687) 25-46-35 phocidis@phocidis.nc
New Zealand Fuji lm NZ Ltd S/R TEL +64-9-4140400 glenn.beaumont@fujifilm.co.nz
Papua New Guinea
Oceania PNG Limited S TEL +675 3256411 oceania@daltron.com.pg
ASIA
Bangladesh JEL TRADING (Bangladesh) LTD S/R TEL (880) 288 61271 http://www.jelcorp.com/
Cambodia JEL DISTRIBUTION (CAMBODIA) PTELTD S/R TEL (855) 23 219 076 http://www.jelcorp.com/
Hong Kong Fuji Photo Products Co., Ltd. S/R TEL (852)2406 3287 rsd@chinahkphoto.com.hk
India FUJIFILM INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED S/R TEL +91-124-4325500 contact@fujifilmindia.com
Indonesia PT. Modern Internasional, Tbk. S/R
TEL +62 21 2801000 assd_kmrsrv@moderninternasional.co.id
Malaysia FUJIFILM (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd. S TEL 603-55698388 technical@fujifilm.com.my
R TEL 603-55698388 camera@fujifilm.com.my
Mongol Tavan Bogd Group, Mongolia S/R TEL +976-99052517 or +976-91118833
batkhuyag@tavanbogd.com or gantsolmon@tavanbogd.com
Myanmar Indobest Co. Ltd S/R TEL (95) 1 577996 indobest@myanmar.com.mm
Pakistan Fuji lm Pakistan Pvt Ltd. Sfinepix@fujifilm.com.pk
R TEL 92-42-7237704-6 finepix@fujifilm.com.pk
Philippines YKL COLOR INC. S TEL 632-7436601~06 digital_info@yklcolor.com
R TEL 632-7436601~06 techop_services@yklcolor.com
Singapore FUJIFILM (Singapore) Pte Ltd S/R TEL 65-63805553 service@fujifilm.com.sg
South Korea Korea Fuji lm Co., Ltd. S TEL +82-2-3282-7383 digitalas@fujifilm.co.kr
Yongsan AS Center (Fujidigital) R TEL +82-2-701-1472 1bowl@hanmail.net
Kangnam AS Center (Digitalgallery) R TEL +82-2-2203-1472 0101saint@hanmail.net
Busan AS Center (fuji  nepix) R TEL +82-51-806-1472 fujicamera@nate.com
Kwangju AS Center (Cheil camera) R TEL +82-62-363-7887 in9943@hanmail.net
Taiwan Hung Chong Corp. S/R TEL 886-2-6602-8988 service@mail.hungchong.com.tw
Thailand FUJIFILM (Thailand) Ltd. S TEL +662-2706000 ext. 751,752
Preecha@fujifilm.co.th yaowarat@fujifilm.co.th
R TEL +662-2706000 ext.761,762 warin@fujifilm.co.th
Vietnam International Minh Viet Co., Ltd. S/R
TEL +84-8-4135740 ext. 322 diep.phanthithanh@imv.com.vn
W-3 Worldwide Network
EUROPE
Spain
FUJIFILM Europe GmbH, Sucursal en España
S/R
TEL 902012535 http://www.fujifilm.es/soporte/ tallersat@fujifilm.es
Sweden Fuji lm Sverige AB S TEL 46 8 506 141 45
http://www.fujifilm.se kamera@fujifilm.se
R TEL 46 8 506 141 00
http://www.fujifilm.se kameraverkstaden@fujifilm.se
Switzerland /
Lichtenstein
Fuji lm (Switzerland) AG S/R TEL +41 44 855 5154 RepairCenter@fujifilm.ch
The Netherlands
FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Nederland S/R TEL 00800 38543854 helpdesk@fujifilm-digital.nl
Turkey Filmat S/R TEL +90 212 698 99 77 servis@filmat.com.tr
U.K. FUJIFILM UK Ltd. S TEL +44 (0)844 553 2322 fujitec@fuji.co.uk
R TEL +44 (0)844 553 2323 fujitec@fuji.co.uk
Ukraine FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Europe
(Kiev o ce)
S TEL +38 (044) 390 5929
R TEL +38 (044) 499 2949 or +38 (044) 545 0897
http://servicecenter.com.ua/support.php
Uzbekistan JEL Corporation S/R TEL +7 727 264 2222 kamol@jelcorp.com
MIDDLE EAST
Iran Tehran Fuka Co. S/R TEL (+98-21) 22254810 fuka@neda.net
Israel Shimone Group Ltd. S TEL (+ ) 972 3 9250666 digital@fujifilm.co.il
R TEL (+ ) 972 3 9250683
khaim@shimone.com haimy@shimone.com
Jordan
Grand Stores Al-swai eh,Anman/Jordan
S/R TEL 009626-5829157 Digital@grandstoresjo.com
Kuwait Boushahri Group W.L.L. S/R TEL +965 18855 photo@boushahrigroup.com
Lebanon Fototek S.A.R.L. S/R TEL +961 1 252474 fototek@antakiholding.com
Qatar Techno Blue S TEL 00974 44 66 175 prabu@techno-blue.com
Saudi Arabia Emam Distribution Co. Ltd. S TEL 96626978756 service@fujifilm.com.sa
Syria Film Trading Company S TEL + 963 11 2218049 ftc@amirgroup.com
R TEL + 963 21 4641903 filmtradin@amirgroup.com
U.A.E. Grand Stores S/R TEL + 971-4-2823700 photography@grandstores.ae
Yemen Al-Haidary Trading S TEL 00967-1-503980
R TEL 00967-1-503977
AFRICA
D R Congo
KINSHASA
FIS-FUJI IMAGE SERVICE S TEL +243 818138001 girish@fujifilm.cd
Egypt Foto Express Egypt S/R TEL +20 2 37762062 m.farag@fotoexpress.com.eg
Kenya Fuji Kenya Ltd R TEL (254-20)4446265-8 info@fujifilm.co.ke
W-2Worldwide Network
EUROPE
Croatia I&I d.o.o. S TEL +385 1 233 26 53 tkrsnik@fujifilm.hr
FOTOTEH d.o.o R TEL +385 1 619 66 08 info@fototeh.hr
Cyprus PMS IMAGING LTD S/R TEL 35722746746 info@fujifilm.com.cy
S/R TEL 35722314719 dorosn@logosnet.cy.net
Czech Republic Fuji lm Cz., s.r.o. S TEL 00420 234 703 431 petr.barta@fujifilm.cz
AWH servis R TEL 00420 222 721 525 awh@awh.cz
Denmark Fuji lm Danmark A/S S/R TEL 0045 45662244 fujifilm@fujifilm.dk
Finland Neoport Ltd S
TEL +358 (0)50 4343 500 info@neoport.fi http://www.fujifilm.eu/fi
R
TEL +358 (0)50 4343 500 huolto@neoport.fi http://www.neoport.fi
France FUJIFILM France S/R TEL +33 1 30 68 67 66 pm2s@pm2s.fr
Germany FUJIFILM Electronic Imaging Europe GmbH S/R TEL 00800 38543854 service@fujifilm-digital.com
Greece FUJIFILM HELLAS S.A. S/R TEL 0030 210 9404100 fujifilm@fujifilm.gr
Hungary Fuji lm Hungary Ltd. S TEL +3615779870 fujifilm@fujifilm.hu
R TEL +3613633777 info@foto-paradicsom.hu
Iceland Icephoto (Ljosmyndavorur) S/R TEL 354 568 0450 framkollun@fujifilm.is
Ireland Fuji lm Ireland S/R TEL 35318820200 info@fujfilm.ie
Italy FujiFilm Italia S.p.a. S/R TEL +39 02 33490345 online@fujifilm.it
Kazakhstan JEL Corporation S/R TEL +7 727 264 2222 kamol@jelcorp.com
Kyrgyzstan JEL Corporation S/R TEL +7 727 264 2222 kamol@jelcorp.com
Lithuania Fuji lm Lithuania S/R TEL 370-5-2133017 info@fujifilm.lt
Malta Ciancio (1913) Co.Ltd. S/R
TEL +356-21-480500 info@fujifilm.com.mt http://www.fujifilm.com.mt/
Norway Fuji lm Norge AS S
TEL 0047-02273 http://www.fujifilm.no/ mailto:post@fujifilm.no
R
TEL 0047-55393880 http://www.camera.no/ mailto:service@camera.no
Poland Fuji lm Polska Distribution Sp. z o.o. S TEL +48-22-609-65-96 serwis@fujifilm.pl
R TEL +48-22-886-94-40 serwis@fujifilm.pl
Portugal Fuji lm Portugal, Lda S TEL (351) 22 619 42 00 sac@fujifilm.pt
R TEL (351) 22 906 98 40 assist.camaras@pm2s.pt
Romania CTS-Cardinal Top Systems Ltd S/R TEL +40212300982 or +40212302683
service@fujifilmservice.ro
Russia ZAO "FUJIFILM-RU" S/R
TEL 8-495-545-38-54 (Для бесплатных звонков из России)
* Для звонков из других стран набирайте +7-800-700-38-54
http://www.fujifilm.ru/ info@fujifilm.ru
Slovakia Fuji lm Europe GmbH -
organizačná zložka
S
TEL +421 (2) 33 595 107 fujifilm@fujifilm.sk www.fujifilm.sk
R
TEL +421 (2) 33 595 119 servis@fujifilm.sk www.fujifilm.sk
Slovenia Image & Information S/R TEL +386-1-5864660 damir.sajko@fujifilm-slovenia.com
W-1
7-3, AKASAKA 9-CHOME, MINATO-KU, TOKYO 107-0052, JAPAN
http://www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html
Worldwide Network
Worldwide Network
Contact your local distributor (see list below) for technical support (
Contact your local distributor (see list below) for technical support (
S
S
) or repairs (
) or repairs (
R
R
). Please pres-
). Please pres-
ent the warranty and purchase receipt when requesting repairs; refer to the warranty card for the
ent the warranty and purchase receipt when requesting repairs; refer to the warranty card for the
conditions of the warranty. Technical support may not be available for models not handled by
conditions of the warranty. Technical support may not be available for models not handled by
the local distributor. The following information is subject to change without notice.
the local distributor. The following information is subject to change without notice.
NORTH AMERICA
Canada FUJIFILM North America Corporation S TEL 1-866-818-FUJI (3854) http://www.fujihelp.ca
R TEL 1-800-263-5018 http://www.fujihelp.ca
U.S.A. FUJIFILM North America Corporation S TEL 800-800-3854 digitalinfo@fujifilm.com
R TEL 800-659-3854
CENTRAL AND SOUTH AMERICA
Argentina Imagen e informacion S.A. S/R TEL 54-11-4737-1030 servtec@imageneinformacion.com.ar
Bolivia Reifschneider Bolivia Ltda. S/R TEL +591 33 441129 info@reifschneider.com.bo
Brazil FUJIFILM do Brasil Ltda. S/R TEL 0800 7706627 camarasdigitais@fujifilm.com.br
Chile Reifschneider SA S/R TEL 56-2-6781111 adobson@reifschneider.cl
serviciotecnico@reifschneider.cl
Colombia Importaciones Espacri Colombia S.A.S. S/R TEL +57-1-475 4343 soportedigital@espacri.com
Ecuador Importaciones Espacri Cia. Ltda. S/R TEL +593 72 835 526 dtecnico@fujifilm.com.ec
Mexico Fuji lm de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. S TEL +52 (55) 5263 5500 soporte@fujifilm.com.mx
R TEL +52 (55) 5366 5150 camaras@fujifilm.com.mx
Paraguay Difoto. S/R TEL +595-21-281948 larson@rieder.net.py
Peru Procesos de Color S.A. S/R TEL +51 14 338000 serviciotecnico@fujifilm.com.pe
Uruguay Service y Proyectos S/R TEL (05982) 901 0852 serviceproyecto@adinet.com.uy
Kiel S.A. S/R TEL (05982) 419 4542 kiel@fujifilm.com.uy
Venezuela C. Hellmund & Cia Sa S/R TEL 58-212-2022300
hellmund@hellmund.com infoventas@hellmund.com
EUROPE
Austria FUJIFILM Recording Media AUSTRIA S/R TEL 00800 38543854 service@fujifilm-digital.com
Belgium Belgian Fuji Agency S/R TEL 3210242090 pm2s@pm2s.fr
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION INTERFERENCE STATEMENT
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to
Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy
and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If
this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by
turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
– Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
– Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
– Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
– Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
CAUTION:
Any changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate the equipment.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference and
(2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
RF exposure warning
This equipment complies with FCC RF radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment must be installed and operated in accordance with provided instructions and must not be
co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. End-users and installers must be
provided with antenna installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure
compliance.
FCC:SAR standard Value: 1.6 W/Kg, Maximal Measure: 0.333 W/kg
CE : SAR standard Value: 2.0 W/Kg, Maximal Messure:0.184W/Kg
Canada, Industry Canada (IC) Notices
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003 and RSS-210.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Radio Frequency (RF) Exposure Information
The radiated output power of the Wireless Device is below the Industry Canada (IC) radio frequency exposure
limits. The Wireless Device should be used in such a manner such that the potential for human contact during
normal operation is minimized.
This device has been evaluated for and shown compliant with the IC Specific Absorption Rate (“SAR”) limits
when installed in specific host products operated in portable exposure conditions.
Canada, avis d'Industry Canada (IC)
Cet appareil numérique de classe B est conforme aux normes canadiennes ICES-003 et RSS-210.
Son fonctionnement est soumis aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) cet appareil ne doit pas causer
d'interférence et (2) cet appareil doit accepter toute interférence, notamment les interférences qui peuvent
affecter son fonctionnement.
Informations concernant l'exposition aux fréquences radio (RF)
La puissance de sortie émise par l’appareil de sans fil Dell est inférieure à la limite d'exposition aux
fréquences radio d'Industry Canada (IC). Utilisez l’appareil de sans fil Dell de façon à minimiser les contacts
humains lors du fonctionnement normal.
Ce périphérique a été évalué et démontré conforme aux limites SAR (Specific Absorption Rate – Taux
d'absorption spécifique) d'IC lorsqu'il est installé dans des produits hôtes particuliers qui fonctionnent dans des
conditions d'exposition à des appareils portables.
IC: SAR standard Value: 1.6 W/Kg, Maximal Measure: 0.333 W/kg
The wireless will turn off when in shoot mode.
FINEPIX XP170
FINEPIX XP150/XP160
FINEPIX XP100/XP110
DIGITAL CAMERA
Owner’s Manual
Thank you for your purchase
of this product. This manual
describes how to use your
FUJIFILM digital camera and the
supplied software. Be sure that
you have read and understood
its contents and the warnings in
“For Your Safety” (P ii) before us-
ing the camera.
For information on related products, visit our website at
http://www.fujifilm.com/products/digital_cameras/index.html
EN
Before You Begin
First Steps
Basic Photography and Playback
More on Photography
More on Playback
Movies
Connections
Menus
Technical Notes
Troubleshooting
Appendix
BL01735-200
ii
For Your Safety For Your Safety
• Read Instructions: All the safety and operat-
ing instructions should be read before the
appliance is operated.
• Retain Instructions: The safety and operating
instructions should be retained for future
reference.
• Heed Warnings: All warnings on the ap-
pliance and in the operating instructions
should be adhered to.
• Follow Instructions: All operating and use
instructions should be followed.
InstallationInstallation
Power Sources: This video product should be
operated only from the type of power source
indicated on the marking label. If you are
not sure of the type of power supply to your
home, consult your appliance dealer or local
power company. For video products intend-
ed to operate from battery power, or other
sources, refer to the operating instructions.
Grounding or Polarization: This video product
is equipped with a polarized alternating-
current line plug (a plug having one blade
wider than the other). This plug will fi t into
the power outlet only one way. This is a safety
feature. If you are unable to insert the plug
fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If
the plug should still fail to fi t, contact your
electrician to replace your obsolete outlet.
Do not defeat the safety purpose of the po-
larized plug.
Alternate Warnings: This video product is
equipped with a three-wire grounding-type
plug, a plug having a third (grounding) pin.
This plug will only fi t into a grounding-type
power outlet. This is a safety feature. If you
are unable to insert the plug into the outlet,
contact your electrician to replace your obso-
lete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose
of the grounding type plug.
Overloading: Do not overload wall outlets and
extension cords as this can result in a risk of
fi re or electric shock.
Ventilation: Slots and openings in the cabinet
are provided for ventilation, to ensure reliable
operation of the video product and to pro-
tect it from overheating, and these openings
must not be blocked or covered. The open-
ings should never be blocked by placing the
video product on a bed, sofa, rug, or other
similar surface.
This video product should not be placed in a
built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack
unless proper ventilation is provided or the
manufacturer’s instructions have been ad-
hered to. This video product should never be
placed near or over a radiator or heat register.
Attachments: Do not use attachments not
recommended by the video product manu-
facturer as they may cause hazards.
Water and Moisture:
Do not use this video
product near water—for example, near a bath
tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub,
in a wet basement, or near a swimming pool,
and the like (excluding waterproof products).
Power-Cord Protection: Power-supply cords
should be routed so that they are not likely
to be walked on or pinched by items placed
upon or against them, paying particular
attention to cords at plugs, convenience re-
ceptacles, and the point where they exit from
the appliance.
Accessories: Do not place this video product
on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or
table. The video product may fall, causing
serious injury to a child or adult, and serious
damage to the appliance. Use only with a
cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recom-
mended by the manufacturer, or sold with
the video product. Any mounting of the ap-
pliance should follow the manufacturer’s in-
structions, and should use a mounting acces-
sory recommended by the manufacturer.
An appliance and cart
combination should
be moved with care.
Quick stops, exces-
sive force, and uneven
surfaces may cause
the appliance and cart
combination to overturn.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
iii
For Your Safety
AntennasAntennas
Outdoor Antenna Grounding: If an outside
antenna or cable system is connected to the
video product, be sure the antenna or cable
system is grounded so as to provide some
protection against voltage surges and built-
up static charges. Section 810 of the National
Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA No. 70, provides
information with respect to proper ground-
ing of the mast and supporting structure,
grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna
discharge unit, size of grounding conductors,
location of antenna discharge unit, connec-
tion to grounding electrodes, and require-
ments for the grounding electrode.
EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER
NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE
Antenna Lead
in Wire
Ground Clamp
Grounding
Conductors
(NEC SECTION
810-21)
Power Service Grounding
Electrode System (NEC ART
250. PART H)
Antenna
Discharge Unit
(NEC SECTION
810-20)
Electric Service
Equipment
Ground Clamps
Power Lines: An outside antenna system
should not be located in the vicinity of over-
head power lines or other electric light or
power circuits, or where it can fall into such
power lines or circuits. When installing an
outside antenna system, extreme care should
be taken to keep from touching such power
lines or circuits as contact with them might
be fatal.
UseUse
Cleaning: Unplug this video product from the
wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liq-
uid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp
cloth for cleaning.
Object and Liquid Entry: Never push objects
of any kind into this video product through
openings as they may touch dangerous volt-
age points or short out parts that could result
in a fi re or electric shock. Never spill liquid
of any kind on the video product (excluding
waterproof products).
Lightning:
For added protection for this video
product receiver during a lightning storm, or
when it is left unattended and unused for long
periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet
and disconnect the antenna or cable system.
This will prevent damage to the video product
due to lightning and power-line surges.
ServiceService
Servicing: Do not attempt to service this video
product yourself as opening or removing cov-
ers may expose you to dangerous voltage or
other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualifi ed
service personnel.
Damage Requiring Service: Unplug this video
product from the wall outlet and refer servic-
ing to qualifi ed service personnel under the
following conditions:
• When the power-supply cord or plug is
damaged.
• If liquid has been spilled, or objects have
fallen into the video product.
• If the video product has been exposed to
rain or water (excluding waterproof prod-
ucts).
• If the video product has been dropped or
the cabinet has been damaged.
If the video product does not operate nor-
mally follow the operating instructions. Ad-
just only those controls that are covered by
the operating instructions as an improper
adjustment of other controls may result in
damage and will often require extensive work
by a qualifi ed technician to restore the video
product to its normal operation.
When the video product exhibits a distinct
change in performance—this indicates a
need for service.
Replacement Parts: When replacement parts
are required, be sure the service technician
has used replacement parts specifi ed by the
manufacturer or have the same characteris-
tics as the original part. Unauthorized sub-
stitutions may result in fi re, electric shock or
other hazards.
Safety Check: Upon completion of any service
or repairs to this video product, ask the ser-
vice technician to perform safety checks to
determine that the video product is in proper
operating condition.
iv
For Your Safety
Be sure to read these notes before use
Safety Notes
• Make sure that you use your camera correctly. Read these safety
notes and your Owner’s Manual carefully before use.
• After reading these safety notes, store them in a safe place.
About the Icons
The icons shown below are used in this document to indicate the
severity of the injury or damage that can result if the information
indicated by the icon is ignored and the product is used incorrectly
as a result.
WARNING
This icon indicates that death or serious injury can result if the
information is ignored.
CAUTION
This icon indicates that personal injury or material damage can
result if the information is ignored.
The icons shown below are used to indicate the nature of the instruc-
tions which are to be observed.
Triangular icons tell you that this information requires atten-
tion (“Important”).
Circular icons with a diagonal bar tell you that the action indi-
cated is prohibited (“Prohibited”).
Filled circles with an exclamation mark indicate an action that
must be performed (“Required”).
WARNINGWARNING
Unplug from
power socket
If a problem arises, turn the camera o , remove the battery, and
disconnect and unplug the AC power adapter. Continued use of
the camera when it is emitting smoke, is emitting any unusual
odor, or is in any other abnormal state can cause a fi re or elec-
tric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer.
Do not allow water or foreign objects to enter the camera. If water
or foreign objects get inside the camera, turn the camera off ,
remove the battery, and disconnect and unplug the AC power
adapter. Continued use of the camera can cause a fi re or elec-
tric shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer.
WARNINGWARNING
Do not use in
the bathroom or
shower
Do not use the camera in the bathroom or shower (excluding water-
proof products). This can cause a fi re or electric shock.
Do not
disassemble
Never attempt to change or take apart the camera (never open
the case). Failure to observe this precaution can cause fi re or
electric shock.
Do not touch
internal parts
Should the case break open as the result of a fall or other accident,
do not touch the exposed parts. Failure to observe this precau-
tion could result in electric shock or in injury from touching the
damaged parts. Remove the battery immediately, taking care
to avoid injury or electric shock, and take the product to the
point of purchase for consultation.
Do not change, heat or unduly twist or pull the connection cord and
do not place heavy objects on the connection cord. These actions
could damage the cord and cause a fi re or electric shock. If the
cord is damaged, contact your FUJIFILM dealer.
Do not place the camera on an unstable surface. This can cause the
camera to fall or tip over and cause injury.
Never attempt to take pictures while in motion. Do not use the
camera while you are walking or driving a vehicle. This can re-
sult in you falling down or being involved in a traffi c accident.
Do not touch any metal parts of the camera during a thunderstorm.
This can cause an electric shock due to induced current from
the lightning discharge.
Do not use the battery except as speci ed. Load the battery as
shown by the indicator.
Do not heat, change or take apart the battery. Do not drop or subject
the battery to impacts. Do not store the battery with metallic prod-
ucts. Any of these actions can cause the battery to burst or leak
and cause fi re or injury as a result.
Use only the battery or AC power adapters speci ed for use with this
camera. Do not use voltages other than the power supply voltage
shown. The use of other power sources can cause a fi re.
If the battery leaks and  uid gets in contact with your eyes, skin or
clothing,  ush the a ected area with clean water and seek medical
attention or call an emergency number right away.
v
For Your Safety
WARNINGWARNING
Do not use the charger to charge batteries other than those speci-
ed here. The supplied battery charger is for use only with the
type of battery supplied with the camera. Using the charger to
charge conventional batteries or other types of rechargeable
batteries can cause the battery to leak fl uid, overheat or burst.
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only
with the same or equivalent type.
Do not use in the presence of  ammable objects, explosive gases,
or dust.
When carrying the battery, install it in a digital camera or keep it
in the hard case. When storing the battery, keep it in the hard case.
When discarding, cover the battery terminals with insulation tape.
Contact with other metallic objects or batteries could cause
the battery to ignite or burst.
Keep memory cards out of the reach of small children. Because
memory cards are small, they can be swallowed by children.
Be sure to store memory cards out of the reach of small chil-
dren. If a child swallows a memory card, seek medical atten-
tion or call an emergency number.
Turn the camera o in crowds. The camera emits radio-frequency
radiation that may interfere with pacemakers.
Turn the camera o in the vicinity of automatic doors, public address
systems, and other automatically controlled devices. The camera
emits radio-frequency radiation that may cause these devices
to malfunction.
Keep the camera at least 22cm away from people wearing pace-
makers. The camera emits radio-frequency radiation that may
interfere with pacemakers.
CAUTIONCAUTION
Do not use this camera in locations a ected by oil fumes or steams.
This can cause a fi re or electric shock.
Do not use this camera in locations a ected by humidity or dust
(excluding waterproof products). This can cause a fi re or elec-
tric shock.
Do not leave this camera in places subject to extremely high temper-
atures. Do not leave the camera in locations such as a sealed
vehicle or in direct sunlight. This can cause a fi re.
CAUTIONCAUTION
Keep out of the reach of small children. This product could cause
injury in the hands of a child.
Do not place heavy objects on the camera. This can cause the
heavy object to tip over or fall and cause injury.
Do not move the camera while the AC power adapter is still connect-
ed. Do not pull on the connection cord to disconnect the AC power
adapter. This can damage the power cord or cables and cause
a fi re or electric shock.
Do not use the AC power adapter when the plug is damaged or the
plug socket connection is loose. This could cause a fi re or electric
shock.
Do not cover or wrap the camera or the AC power adapter in a cloth
or blanket. This can cause heat to build up and distort the cas-
ing or cause a fi re.
When you are cleaning the camera or you do not plan to use the
camera for an extended period, remove the battery and disconnect
and unplug the AC power adapter. Failure to do so can cause a
fi re or electric shock.
Unplug from
power socket
When charging ends, unplug the charger from the power socket.
Leaving the charger plugged into the power socket can cause
a fi re.
Using a  ash too close to a person’s eyes may temporarily a ect the
eyesight. Take particular care when photographing infants and
young children.
When a memory card is removed, the card could come out of the slot
too quickly. Use your  nger to hold it and gently release the card.
Injury could result to those struck by the ejected card.
Request regular internal testing and cleaning for your camera.
Build-up of dust in your camera can cause a fi re or electric
shock. Contact your FUJIFILM dealer to request internal clean-
ing every two years. Please note that this service is not free
of charge.
vi
For Your Safety
The Battery and Power Supply
Note: Check the type of battery used in
your camera and read the appropriate
sections.
The following describes the proper use of
batteries and how to prolong their life. Incor-
rect use can shorten battery life or cause leak-
age, overheating, fi re, or explosion.
Li-ion BatteriesLi-ion Batteries
Read this section if your camera uses a
rechargeable Li-ion battery.
The battery is not charged at shipment.
Charge the battery before use. Keep the bat-
tery in its case when not in use.
■Notes on the Battery
The battery gradually loses its charge when
not in use. Charge the battery one or two
days before use.
Battery life can be extended by turning the
camera off when not in use.
Battery capacity decreases at low tempera-
tures; a depleted battery may not function at
when cold. Keep a fully charged spare bat-
tery in a warm place and exchange as nec-
essary, or keep the battery in your pocket or
other warm place and insert it in the camera
only when shooting. Do not place the bat-
tery in direct contact with hand warmers or
other heating devices.
■ Charging the Battery
Charge the battery in the supplied battery
charger. Charging times will increase at am-
bient temperatures below +10 °C (+50 °F) or
above +35 °C (+95 °F). Do not attempt to
charge the battery at temperatures above
40 °C (+104 °F); at temperatures below 0 °C
(+32 °F), the battery will not charge.
Do not attempt to recharge a fully charged
battery. The battery does not however need
to be fully discharged before charging.
The battery may be warm to the touch imme-
diately after charging or use. This is normal.
■Battery Life
At normal temperatures, the battery can be
recharged about 300 times. A noticeable de-
crease in the length of time the battery will
hold a charge indicates that it has reached
the end of its service life and should be re-
placed.
■Storage
Performance may be impaired if the battery is
left unused for extended periods when fully
charged. Run the battery fl at before storing it.
If the camera will not be used for an extended
period, remove the battery and store it in a
dry place with an ambient temperature of
from +15 °C to +25 °C (+59 °F to +77 °F). Do
not store in locations exposed to extremes of
temperature.
■Cautions: Handling the Battery
• Do not transport or store with metal objects
such as necklaces or hairpins.
• Do not expose to fl ame or heat.
• Do not disassemble or modify.
• Use with designated chargers only.
• Do not drop or subject to strong physical
shocks.
• Do not expose to water.
• Keep the terminals clean.
• The battery and camera body may become
warm to the touch after extended use. This
is normal.
AA Alkaline/Rechargeable NiMH BatteriesAA Alkaline/Rechargeable NiMH Batteries
Read this section if your camera uses AA
alkaline or rechargeable AA NiMH bat-
teries. Information on compatible battery
types may be found elsewhere in the camera
manual.
■Cautions: Handling the Batteries
• Do not expose to water, fl ame, or heat, or
store in warm or humid conditions.
• Do not transport or store with metal objects
such as necklaces or hairpins.
• Do not disassemble or modify the batteries
or battery casing.
• Do not subject to strong physical shocks.
• Do not use batteries that are leaking, de-
formed, or discolored.
• Keep out of reach of infants and small chil-
dren.
• Insert in the correct orientation.
vii
For Your Safety
• Do not mix old and new batteries, batteries
with diff erent charge levels, or batteries of
diff erent types.
• If the camera will not be used for an extend-
ed period, remove the batteries. Note that
the camera clock will be reset.
• The batteries may be warm to the touch
immediately after use. Turn the camera
off and allow the batteries to cool before
handling.
• Battery capacity tends to decrease at low
temperatures. Keep spare batteries in a
pocket or other warm place and exchange
as necessary. Cold batteries may recover
some of their charge when warmed.
• Fingerprints and other stains on the battery
terminals can impair battery performance.
Thoroughly clean the terminals with a
soft, dry cloth before inserting them in the
camera.
If the batteries leak, clean the battery
compartment thoroughly before in-
serting new batteries.
If fl uid from the battery comes into
contact with skin or clothing, fl ush
the aff ected area with water. If  uid
enters your eyes, immediately  ush the
a ected area with water and seek
medical attention. Do not rub your eyes.
Failure to observe this precaution could
result in permanent visual impairment.
■NiMH Batteries
The capacity of Ni-MH batteries may be
temporarily reduced when new, after long
periods of disuse, or if they are repeatedly
recharged before being fully discharged. This
is normal and does not indicate a malfunc-
tion. Capacity can be increased by repeatedly
discharging the batteries using the discharge
option in the camera setup menu and re-
charging them using a battery charger.
QCAUTION: Do not use the discharge option
with alkaline batteries.
The camera draws a small amount of current
even when off . Ni-MH batteries that have
been left in the camera for an extended pe-
riod may be drawn down to the point that
they no longer hold a charge. Battery perfor-
mance may also drop if the batteries are run
down in a device such as a fl ashlight. Use the
discharge option in the camera setup menu
to discharge Ni-MH batteries. Batteries that
no longer hold a charge even after repeat-
edly being discharged and recharged have
reached the end of their service life and must
be replaced.
Ni-MH batteries can be recharged in a bat-
tery charger (sold separately). Batteries may
become warm to the touch after charging.
Refer to the instructions provided with the
charger for more information. Use the char-
ger with compatible batteries only.
Ni-MH batteries gradually lose their charge
when not in use.
■Disposal
Dispose of used batteries in accord with local
regulations.
AC Power Adapters (Available Separately)AC Power Adapters (Available Separately)
This section applies to all camera models.
Use only FUJIFILM AC power adapters desig-
nated for use with this camera. Other adapt-
ers could damage the camera.
• The AC power adapter is for indoor use only.
• Be sure the DC plug is securely connected
to the camera.
• Turn the camera off before disconnecting
the adapter. Disconnect the adapter by the
plug, not the cable.
• Do not use with other devices.
• Do not disassemble.
• Do not expose to high heat and humidity.
• Do not subject to strong physical shocks.
• The adapter may hum or become hot to the
touch during use. This is normal.
• If the adapter causes radio interference,
reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
viii
For Your Safety
Using the Camera
Do not aim the camera at extremely bright
light sources, such as the sun in a cloudless
sky. Failure to observe this precaution could
damage the camera image sensor.
Take Test ShotsTake Test Shots
Before taking photographs on important
occasions (such as at weddings or before
taking the camera on a trip), take a test shot
and view the result in the LCD monitor to en-
sure that the camera is functioning normally.
FUJIFILM Corporation can not accept liability
for damages or lost profi ts incurred as a result
of product malfunction.
Notes on CopyrightNotes on Copyright
Unless intended solely for personal use, imag-
es recorded using your digital camera system
cannot be used in ways that infringe copy-
right laws without the consent of the owner.
Note that some restrictions apply to the
photographing of stage performances, enter-
tainments, and exhibits, even when intended
purely for personal use. Users are also asked
to note that the transfer of memory cards
containing images or data protected under
copyright laws is only permissible within the
restrictions imposed by those copyright laws.
HandlingHandling
To ensure that images are recorded correctly,
do not subject the camera to impact or physi-
cal shocks while images are being recorded.
Liquid CrystalLiquid Crystal
In the event that the LCD monitor is dam-
aged, care should be taken to avoid contact
with liquid crystal. Take the urgent action
indicated should any of the following situa-
tions arise:
• If liquid crystal comes in contact with your skin,
clean the area with a cloth and then wash
thoroughly with soap and running water.
• If liquid crystal enters your eyes, fl ush the af-
fected eye with clean water for at least 15
minutes and then seek medical assistance.
• If liquid crystal is swallowed, rinse your
mouth thoroughly with water. Drink large
quantities of water and induce vomiting,
then seek medical assistance.
Although the display is manufactured using
extremely high-precision technology, it may
contain pixels that are always lit or that do not
light. This is not a malfunction, and images re-
corded with the product are unaff ected.
Trademark InformationTrademark Information
xD-Picture Card and E are trademarks
of FUJIFILM Corporation. The typefaces in-
cluded herein are solely developed by Dyna-
Comware Taiwan Inc. Macintosh, QuickTime,
and Mac OS are trademarks of Apple Inc. in
the U.S.A. and other countries. Windows7,
Windows Vista, and the Windows logo are
trademarks of the Microsoft group of com-
panies. Adobe and Adobe Reader are either
trademarks or registered trademarks of Ado-
be Systems Incorporated in the U.S.A. and/
or other countries. The SDHC and SDXC logos
are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. The HDMI logo
is a trademark. YouTube is a trademark of
Google Inc. All other trade names mentioned
in this manual are the trademarks or regis-
tered trademarks of their respective owners.
Electrical InterferenceElectrical Interference
This camera may interfere with hospital or
aviation equipment. Consult with hospital
or airline staff before using the camera in a
hospital or on an aircraft.
Color Television SystemsColor Television Systems
NTSC (National Television System Committee)
is a color television telecasting specifi cation
adopted mainly in the U.S.A., Canada, and
Japan. PAL (Phases Alternation by Line) is
a color television system adopted mainly in
European countries and China.
Exif Print (Exif Version 2.3)Exif Print (Exif Version 2.3)
Exif Print is a newly revised digital camera fi le
format in which information stored with pho-
tographs is used for optimal color reproduc-
tion during printing.
IMPORTANT NOTICE:
Read Before Using the Software
Direct or indirect export, in whole or in part,
of licensed software without the permission
of the applicable governing bodies is pro-
hibited.
ix
For Your Safety
IMPORTANT: Read this section before using the toponyms includ-
ed in this product.
Toponym Data License Agreement
Personal Use Only. You agree to use this Data together with this digital
camera for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which
you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other
similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth
in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary
for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do
not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the
Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify,
decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data,
and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, ex-
cept to the extent permitted by mandatory laws. Multi-disc sets may
only be transferred or sold as a complete set as provided by FUJIFILM
Corporation and not as a subset thereof.
Restrictions. Except where you have been specifi cally licensed to do
so by FUJIFILM Corporation, and without limiting the preceding para-
graph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or
applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication
with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real
time route guidance, fl eet management or similar applications; or
(b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mo-
bile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including
without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers,
pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.
Warning. The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information
due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used
and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of
which may lead to incorrect results.
No Warranty. This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use
it at your own risk. FUJIFILM Corporation and its licensors (and their
licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or war-
ranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise,
including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness,
eff ectiveness, reliability, fi tness for a particular purpose, usefulness,
use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server
will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty: FUJIFILM Corporation AND ITS LICENSORS
(INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR NON-
INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow
certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may
not apply to you.
Disclaimer of Liability: FUJIFILM Corporation AND ITS LICENSORS (IN-
CLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO
YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE
OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION
ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT,
WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFOR-
MATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR
SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR
INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMA-
TION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER
IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY,
EVEN IF FUJIFILM Corporation OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED
OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and
Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limita-
tions, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.
Export Control. You agree not to export from anywhere any part of the
Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compli-
ance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, appli-
cable export laws, rules and regulations.
Entire Agreement. These terms and conditions constitute the entire
agreement between FUJIFILM Corporation (and its licensors, includ-
ing their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject
matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or
oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such
subject matter.
x
For Your Safety
Governing Law. The above terms and conditions shall be governed by
the laws of the State of Illinois, Netherlands, without giving eff ect to
(i) its confl ict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention
for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly
excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois,
The Netherlands for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising
from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Geodetics. The geodetic system used by this device to record latitude
and longitude is WGS 84.
Copyright. The map data included in this device are protected under
copyright law and except for personal use may not be employed
without the permission of the copyright holder.
Navigation. This device can not be used for purposes of navigation.
Licensed Software Copyright Holders
© 2010 NAVTEQ All rights reserved.
This service uses POI (Points Of Inter-
est) of ZENRIN CO., LTD. “POWERED BY
ZENRIN” is a trademark of ZENRIN CO.,
LTD. © 2010 ZENRIN CO., LTD. All rights
reserved.
© Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for
Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © Department of
Natural Resources Canada, ZIP+4®, © United States Postal Service®
2010. the USPS®.
Australia Copyright. Based on data provided under
license from PSMA Australia Limited
(www.psma.com.au).
Austria “© Bundesamt für Eich- und Vermes-
sungswesen”
Croatia, Cyprus,
Estonia, Latvia,
Lithuania, Moldova,
Poland, Slovenia and/
or Ukraine
“© EuroGeographics”
France The following notice must appear on all
copies of the Data, and may also appear
on packaging: “source: © IGN France – BD
TOPO®”
Germany “Die Grundlagendaten wurden mit
Genehmigung der zuständigen Behörden
entnommen” or “Die Grundlagendaten
wurden mit Genehmigung der zustaendi-
gen Behoerden entnommen.”
Great Britain “Based upon Crown Copyright material.”
Greece “Copyright Geomatics Ltd.”
Hungary “Copyright © 2003; Top-Map Ltd.”
Italy “La Banca Dati Italiana è stata prodotta
usando quale riferimento anche cartografi a
numerica ed al tratto prodotta e fornita
dalla Regione Toscana.”
Norway “Copyright © 2000; Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Portugal “Source: IgeoE – Portugal”
Spain “Información geográfi ca propiedad del
CNIG”
Sweden “Based upon electronic data Ó National
Land Survey Sweden.”
Switzerland “Topografi sche Grundlage: Ó Bundesamt für
Landestopographie.”
xi
For Your Safety
■Governing Law
POI information in Japan: The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of Japan, without giving eff ect to (i) its confl ict
of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts
for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You
agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Tokyo District Court
in the fi rst instance for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising
from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.
POI information outside Japan: The above terms and conditions shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, without giving eff ect to
(i) its confl ict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention
for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly
excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois
for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connec-
tion with the Data provided to you hereunder.
Government End Users: If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of
the United States government or any other entity seeking or apply-
ing rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States
government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defi ned at
48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User
Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall
be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice
of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:
NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) NAME: NAVTEQ
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: 425 West Randolph
Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606
This Data is a commercial item as defi ned in FAR 2.101 and is subject
to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided.
© 2010 NAVTEQ – All rights reserved.
If the Contracting Offi cer, federal government agency, or any federal
offi cial refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting
Offi cer, federal government agency, or any federal offi cial must notify
NAVTEQ prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.
xii
About This ManualAbout This Manual
Before using the camera, read this manual and the warnings in “For Your Safe-
ty” (P ii). For information on speci c topics, consult the sources below.
Table of ContentsTable of Contents ........................... ...........................PP xvi xvi TroubleshootingTroubleshooting .......................... .......................... PP 103 103
The “Table of Contents” gives an
overview of the entire manual. The
principal camera operations are list-
ed here.
Having a speci c problem with the
camera? Find the answer here.
Warning Messages and DisplaysWarning Messages and Displays ... ... PP 110 110
Find out what’s behind that  ashing
icon or error message in the display.
Memory Cards Memory Cards
Pictures can be stored in the camera’s internal memory or on optional SD, SDHC, and
SDXC memory cards (P 14), referred to in this manual as “memory cards.”
xiii
Frequently-Used ButtonsFrequently-Used Buttons
■■ Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures
y To delete a picture, display it full frame
and press the selector up (b).
■■Taking Pictures During PlaybackTaking Pictures During Playback
y To return instantly to shooting mode,
press the shutter button halfway.
View
Shoot
■■ Silent Mode Silent Mode
y Press and hold the DISP/
BACK button to disable
camera lights and
sounds.
■■Turning the Camera on in Turning the Camera on in
Playback ModePlayback Mode
y When the camera is
o , playback can be
started by pressing the
a button for about a
second.
xiv
Product Features and Precautions for UseProduct Features and Precautions for Use
■■Water, Dust, and Shock ResistanceWater, Dust, and Shock Resistance
QThe camera complies with JIS Class 8 water resistance and JIS Class 6 (IP68) dust resistance
standards, and has passed FUJIFILM drop tests (drop height: 2.0m/6.5ft.; impact surface: ply-
wood, thickness 5cm/2.0in.) compliant with MIL-STD 810F Method 516.5: Shock. These results
were obtained through in-house testing and are not a blanket guarantee of water resistance
or invulnerability to damage or destruction. The accessories supplied with the camera are not
water resistant.
■■Before UseBefore Use
QThe front surface of the camera lens is protected by a sheet of glass. Foreign matter on the
glass will appear in photographs; keep the glass clean at all times.
QBe sure that the battery-chamber is fully latched. The presence of water, mud, or sand in the
camera could cause malfunction.
QDo not open or close the battery-chamber with wet hands or near water, for example while
on or by a body of water.
QBe sure the camera is completely dry before inserting or removing batteries or memory cards
or connecting the USB or A/V cable.
QThe camera does not  oat. Be sure to attach the strap and keep it around your wrist when
using the camera.
■■During UseDuring Use
QRestrict underwater use to depths of 10 m (32ft.) or less and periods shorter than 120 minutes.
QDo not open or close the battery-chamber cover while under water.
QDo not use in hot springs or heated pools.
QDo not dive into water with the camera or otherwise subject it to excessive force.
QIf the camera is left on the sand, its temperature may exceed operating limits and sand may
get into the speaker or microphone.
QSunscreen, suntan lotion, or other oily substances may discolor the camera body and should
be removed with a damp cloth.
QThe camera may lose water resistance if subjected to excessive force or vibration. Consult your
retailer or a FUJIFILM-authorized repair technician.
xv
Product Features and Precautions for Use
■■After UseAfter Use
QRemove any foreign matter from the water-resistant seal and adjacent surfaces. Foreign mat-
ter could damage the seal, lowering water resistance.
QAfter using the camera underwater or in locations where foreign matter might adhere to the
camera body, rinse the camera under the tap or leave it in a basin of fresh water for two to
three minutes.
QLiquid soaps, detergents, alcohol, and other cleansers may a ect water resistance and should
never be used.
QAfter use, remove water droplets and foreign matter with a dry cloth,  rmly latch the battery-
chamber cover, and soak the camera in fresh water for about ten minutes. Dry the camera
thoroughly after removing it from the water.
■■Storage and MaintenanceStorage and Maintenance
QDo not store at temperatures below 0°C (32°F) or above 40°C (104°F).
QTo ensure continued water resistance, it is recommended that you have the water-resistant
seal replaced about once a year (a fee is charged for this service). Contact your retailer or a
FUJIFILM-authorized repair technician for more information.
■■Cold ClimatesCold Climates
QBattery performance drops at low temperatures, reducing the number of pictures that can be
taken. Insulate the camera to keep it warm or place it in your clothing.
QUse an NP-50A battery.
QDisplay response may slow at low temperatures. This is not a malfunction.
xvi
Table of Contents Table of Contents
For Your Safety ..................................................................ii
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ..................................ii
Safety Notes ....................................................................iv
About This Manual ..........................................................xii
Frequently-Used Buttons ..............................................xiii
Product Features and Precautions for Use....................xiv
Before You BeginBefore You Begin
Symbols and Conventions .................................................1
Supplied Accessories .........................................................1
Parts of the Camera ..........................................................2
Camera Displays ...............................................................4
Shooting ........................................................................4
Playback .........................................................................5
First StepsFirst Steps
Charging the Battery ........................................................7
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card .......................9
Compatible Memory Cards .............................................14
Turning the Camera on and O ......................................16
Shooting Mode ..............................................................16
Playback Mode ...............................................................16
Basic Setup ......................................................................18
Basic Photography and PlaybackBasic Photography and Playback
Taking Pictures in Q (Scene Recognition) Mode ......19
Viewing Pictures .............................................................23
More on PhotographyMore on Photography
Shooting Mode ................................................................24
Choosing a Shooting Mode ............................................24
Shooting Mode Options .................................................25
j PRO LOW-LIGHT ....................................................27
k D-RANGE PRIORITY ...............................................28
r MOTION PANORAMA 360.......................................29
Recording GPS Data with Pictures (Only XP150/160) ...31
The GPS Menu ................................................................32
GPS Tracking ...................................................................34
b Intelligent Face Detection .......................................36
Focus Lock ........................................................................37
d Exposure Compensation ..........................................39
F Macro Mode (Close-ups) ...........................................40
N Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash) ............................41
h Using the Self-Timer .................................................43
More on PlaybackMore on Playback
Playback Options .............................................................44
I Favorites: Rating Pictures .........................................44
Playback Zoom ...............................................................45
Multi-Frame Playback ....................................................46
A Deleting Pictures ......................................................47
b Image Search ............................................................48
k PhotoBook Assist......................................................49
Creating a PhotoBook.....................................................49
Viewing Photobooks ......................................................50
Editing and Deleting Photobooks ...................................50
Viewing Panoramas ........................................................51
xvii
Table of Contents
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160) ..............................52
The GPS Menu ................................................................53
Photo Navigation ...........................................................54
Copying GPS Data to Other Images .................................55
Viewing the GPS Track ....................................................56
Deleting Track Logs ........................................................57
MoviesMovies
Recording Movies ............................................................58
Movie Frame Size ...........................................................59
Viewing Movies ...............................................................60
ConnectionsConnections
Viewing Pictures on TV ...................................................61
Viewing Pictures on High-De nition TVs.......................62
Printing Pictures via USB ................................................63
Printing the DPOF Print Order.........................................65
Viewing Pictures on a Computer ....................................67
Windows: Installing MyFinePix Studio ...........................67
Macintosh: Installing FinePixViewer...............................69
Connecting the Camera ..................................................71
MenusMenus
Using the Menus: Shooting Mode ..................................74
Using the Shooting Menu...............................................74
Shooting Menu Options .................................................74
A SHOOTING MODE ....................................................74
N ISO ........................................................................74
O IMAGE SIZE ............................................................75
T IMAGE QUALITY .....................................................76
P FINEPIX COLOR .......................................................76
D WHITE BALANCE ....................................................77
R CONTINUOUS .........................................................78
b FACE DETECTION .....................................................78
F AF MODE ...............................................................79
FMOVIE AF MODE ....................................................79
W MOVIE MODE .........................................................79
q LED ILLUMINATOR...................................................80
Using the Menus: Playback Mode ..................................81
Using the Playback Menu ...............................................81
Playback Menu Options ..................................................81
k PHOTOBOOK ASSIST ................................................81
b IMAGE SEARCH ......................................................81
A ERASE ...................................................................81
c EDIT ......................................................................82
n MOVIE EDIT ............................................................83
j MARK FOR UPLOAD TO ............................................84
I SLIDE SHOW ..........................................................85
B RED EYE REMOVAL .................................................86
D PROTECT ................................................................86
G CROP .....................................................................87
O RESIZE ...................................................................87
C IMAGE ROTATE .......................................................88
E COPY .....................................................................88
K PRINT ORDER (DPOF) ..............................................89
J DISP ASPECT ..........................................................89
xviii
Table of Contents
The Setup Menu ..............................................................90
Using the Setup Menu ....................................................90
Setup Menu Options ......................................................91
F DATE/TIME .............................................................91
N TIME DIFFERENCE ...................................................91
L a ......................................................91
o SILENT MODE .........................................................91
R RESET ....................................................................92
K FORMAT ................................................................92
A IMAGE DISP. ...........................................................92
B FRAME NO. ............................................................93
G OPERATION VOL. .....................................................94
H SHUTTER VOLUME ..................................................94
e SOUND ..................................................................94
I PLAYBACK VOLUME ................................................94
J LCD BRIGHTNESS ....................................................94
E LCD MODE .............................................................95
M AUTO POWER OFF ...................................................95
L DUAL IS MODE .......................................................95
B RED EYE REMOVAL .................................................96
D DIGITAL ZOOM .......................................................96
p MOVIE ZOOM TYPE .................................................97
t SAVE ORIGINAL IMAGE ............................................97
m AUTOROTATE PB (XP150/XP160 Only) ......................97
c GUIDANCE DISPLAY ................................................97
Q VIDEO SYSTEM .......................................................97
U DATE STAMP ..........................................................98
RDEMONSTRATION (XP150/XP160 Only) ....................98
Technical NotesTechnical Notes
Optional Accessories .......................................................99
Accessories from FUJIFILM............................................100
Caring for the Camera ...................................................101
Storage and Use ...........................................................101
Condensation ..............................................................101
Cleaning .......................................................................102
Traveling ......................................................................102
TroubleshootingTroubleshooting
Problems and Solutions ................................................103
Warning Messages and Displays ..................................110
AppendixAppendix
Tips and Tricks................................................................114
Internal Memory/Memory Card Capacity ....................117
FinePix XP150/XP160 ..................................................117
FinePix XP170/XP100/XP110 .......................................118
Speci cations ................................................................119
q Uploading Pictures to a Smartphone (Tablet)
(XP170 Only) ..................................................................125
1
Before You Begin Before You Begin
Symbols and ConventionsSymbols and Conventions
The following symbols are used in this manual:
Q : This information should be read before use to ensure correct operation.
R : Additional information that may be helpful when using the camera.
P : Other pages in this manual on which related information may be found.
Menus and other text in the LCD monitor are shown in bold. In the illustra-
tions in this manual, displays may be simpli ed for explanatory purposes.
Supplied AccessoriesSupplied Accessories
The following items are included with the camera:
NP-50A recharge-
able battery
BC-50A battery
charger
Plug adapter USB cable CD-ROM
(contains this
manual)
• Strap
• User Guide
Attaching the Strap Attaching the Strap
Attach the strap as
shown.
* Shape of adapter varies with region of sale.
2Before You Begin
Parts of the Camera Parts of the Camera
For more information, refer to the page listed to the right of each item.
Selector button
Move cursor down
h (self-timer) button (P 43)
MENU/OK button
Move cursor right
N ( ash) button (P 41)
Move cursor up
d (exposure compensation) button (P 39)
b (delete) button (P xiii)
Move cursor left
F (macro) button (P 40)
* The illustrations in this manual have been simpli ed for explanatory purposes.* The illustrations in this manual have been simpli ed for explanatory purposes.
3Before You Begin
Parts of the Camera
1 Zoom control ...........................................................20, 45
2 Shutter button .............................................................. 21
3 ON/OFF button ............................................................. 16
4 Flash ............................................................................. 41
5 q button (XP170 only) ............................................. 125
GPS button (XP150/XP160 only) ................................... 31
m (brightness) button (XP100/XP110 only) .................. 6
6 Self-timer lamp ............................................................ 43
LED illuminator ............................................................. 80
7 Built-in GPS antenna (XP150/XP160 only) .................... 31
8 Lens/protective glass
9 Speaker ......................................................................... 60
10 Microphone .................................................................. 58
11 LCD monitor .................................................................... 4
12 t (movie recording) button ........................................ 58
13 Indicator lamp (see below)
14 Latch ..........................................................................9, 12
15 Safety lock .................................................................9, 12
16 Strap eyelet .................................................................... 1
17 DISP (display)/BACK button .....................................6, 18
o (silent mode) button* .............................................xiii
18 a (playback) button................................................... 23
19 Tripod mount
20 Battery chamber ............................................................. 9
21 USB multi-connector ...............................................63, 71
22 Memory card slot .......................................................... 11
23 Micro HDMI connector .................................................. 62
24 Battery latch ............................................................10, 13
* Press and hold the DISP/BACK button until o is displayed.
The Indicator Lamp The Indicator Lamp
The indicator lamp shows camera status as follows:
Indicator lampIndicator lamp Camera statusCamera status
Glows greenGlows green Focus locked.
Blinks greenBlinks green Blur, focus, or exposure warning. Picture can be taken.
Blinks green and orangeBlinks green and orange Recording pictures. Additional pictures can be taken.
Glows orangeGlows orange Recording pictures. No additional pictures can be taken at this time.
Blinks orangeBlinks orange Flash charging;  ash will not  re when picture is taken.
Blinks redBlinks red Lens or memory error.
4Before You Begin
Parts of the Camera
Camera Displays Camera Displays
The following types of indicator may be displayed during shooting and play-
back. Indicators vary with camera settings.
■Shooting
N
10: 00
AM
10: 00
AM
12 / 31 / 2050
12 / 31 / 2050
9
250
250
F
4.5
F
4.5
P
800
2
2
3
3
-
1
-
1
8 Movie mode .................................................................. 59
9 Number of available frames ........................................ 117
10 Sensitivity ..................................................................... 74
11 Image size and quality .............................................75, 76
12 Temperature warning ................................................. 111
13 FINEPIX color ................................................................ 76
14 White balance ............................................................... 77
15 Battery level ................................................................... 5
16 Dual IS mode ................................................................ 95
17 GPS signal strength (XP150/XP160 only) ...................... 31
18 Exposure compensation ................................................ 39
19 Date and time ............................................................... 18
20 Blur warning ..........................................................42, 110
21 Focus warning .......................................................21, 110
22 Self-timer indicator ...................................................... 43
23 Macro (close-up) mode ................................................. 40
24 Flash mode ................................................................... 41
1 Shooting mode ............................................................. 24
2 Intelligent Face Detection indicator .............................. 36
3 Continuous shooting mode ........................................... 78
4 Silent mode indicator ................................................3, 91
5 Date stamp ................................................................... 98
6 Focus frame .................................................................. 37
7 Internal memory indicator *
* a: indicates that no memory card is inserted and that pictures will be stored in the camera’s internal memory (P 11).
5Before You Begin
Parts of the Camera
■Playback
100-0001
100-0001
400
400
2050. 12. 31
2050. 12. 31
10: 00
AM
10: 00
AM
2
2
-
1
-
1
1 / 250
1/250
F
4.5
F
4.5
3
3
4:3
4:3
N
N
YouTube
1 Playback mode indicator..........................................23, 44
2 Intelligent Face Detection indicator .........................36, 86
3 Red-eye removal indicator ............................................ 86
4 Portrait enhancer .......................................................... 25
5 Edit ............................................................................... 82
6 Gift image ..................................................................... 44
7 Frame number .............................................................. 93
8 GPS data (XP150/XP160 only)....................................... 52
9 Silent mode indicator ................................................3, 91
10 Mark for upload to ........................................................ 84
11 Photobook assist........................................................... 49
12 Favorites ....................................................................... 44
13 DPOF print indicator ..................................................... 65
14 Protected image ........................................................... 86
Battery Level Battery Level
Battery level is shown as follows:
IndicatorIndicator DescriptionDescription
D (white) Battery partially discharged.
C (white) Battery more than half discharged.
B (red) Low battery. Charge as soon as possible.
A (blinks red) Battery exhausted. Turn camera o and charge battery.
6Before You Begin
Parts of the Camera
Hiding and Viewing Indicators Hiding and Viewing Indicators
Press DISP/BACK to cycle through shooting and playback indicators as follows:
• Shooting: Indicators displayed/indicators hidden/best framing/HD framing/
GPS infomation (XP150/XP160 only; P 32)
• Playback: Indicators displayed/indicators hidden/I favorites/GPS information
(XP150/XP160 only; P 52)
The The mm (Brightness) Button (XP100/XP110 Only) (Brightness) Button (XP100/XP110 Only)
Press the m button to temporarily increase monitor
brightness when shooting outdoors or in bright ambi-
ent light. Normal brightness is restored when a picture
is taken.
7
First Steps First Steps
Charging the Battery Charging the Battery
The battery is not charged at shipment. Charge the battery before use.
1 Attach the plug adapter.
Attach the plug adapter as shown, making
sure that it is fully inserted and clicks into
place on the charger terminals.
QThe plug adapter is exclusively for use with the
supplied battery charger. Do not use it with
other devices.
Battery charger
Plug adapter
2 Place the battery in the supplied battery charger.
Insert the battery in the orien-
tation indicated by the DFC
labels.
The camera uses an NP-50A re-
chargeable battery.
DFC label
Charge lamp
Battery
Arrow
DFC label
8 First Steps
Charging the Battery
3
Plug the charger in.
Plug the charger into an indoor power outlet. The charging indicator will
light.
The Charging Indicator The Charging Indicator
The charging indicator shows battery charge status as follows:
Charging indicatorCharging indicator Battery statusBattery status ActionAction
O O Battery not inserted.Battery not inserted. Insert the battery.Insert the battery.
On (green)On (green) Battery fully charged.Battery fully charged. Remove the battery.Remove the battery.
On (orange)On (orange) Battery charging.Battery charging. ——
Blinks (orange)Blinks (orange) Battery fault.Battery fault. Unplug the charger and remove the battery.Unplug the charger and remove the battery.
4
Charge the battery.
Remove the battery when charging is complete. See the speci cations
(P 123) for charging times (note that charging times increase at low tem-
peratures).
QUnplug the charger when it is not in use.
9 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
Although the camera can store pictures in internal memory, optional SD,
SDHC, and SDXC memory cards (sold separately) can be used to store addi-
tional pictures. After charging the battery, insert the battery and memory
card as described below.
1 Open the battery-chamber cover.
Release the latch (q) and safety lock (w)
and open the battery-chamber cover (e).
RBe sure the camera is o before opening the
battery-chamber cover.
QDo not open the battery-chamber cover when
the camera is on. Failure to observe this pre-
caution could result in damage to image  les
or memory cards.
QDo not use excessive force when handling the battery-chamber cover.
QRemove water droplets and other foreign matter with a dry cloth before open-
ing the battery-chamber cover.
eqw
10 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
2 Insert the battery.
Insert the battery with the terminal  rst and
in the orientation shown by the label inside
the battery chamber, keeping the battery
latch pressed to one side. Con rm that the
battery is securely latched.
QInsert the battery in the correct orientation.
Do NOT use force or attempt to insert the bat-
tery upside down or backwards. The battery
will slide in easily in the correct orientation. Label
Battery latch
11 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
3 Insert the memory card.
Holding the memory card in the orientation
shown at right, slide it in until it clicks into
place at the back of the slot.
Q Be sure card is in the correct orientation; do
not insert at an angle or use force. If the mem-
ory card is not correctly inserted or no mem-
ory card is inserted, a will appear in the LCD
monitor and internal memory will be used for
recording and playback.
Click
Q SD/SDHC/SDXC memory cards can be locked,
making it impossible to format the card or to
record or delete images. Before inserting an
SD/SDHC/SDXC memory card, slide the write-
protect switch to the unlocked position. Write-protect switch
12 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
4 Close and latch the battery-chamber cover.
Close the cover (q) and then close the latch
(w) and safety lock (e).
QBefore closing the cover, con rm that there is
no dust, sand, or other foreign matter on the
water-resistant seal or adjacent surfaces.
QWhen closing the battery-chamber cover, do
not subject it to excessive horizontal forces.
Failure to observe this precaution could cause the water-resistant seal to be-
come misaligned, allowing water into the camera.
Con rming That the Cover Is Latched Con rming That the Cover Is Latched
Make sure that the strap is not caught in the cover and that
both the latch and safety lock are closed.
■■CorrectCorrect
The yellow sticker is not visible.
■■IncorrectIncorrect
The yellow sticker is visible.
q
w e
13 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
Removing the Battery and Memory Card Removing the Battery and Memory Card
Before removing the battery or memory card, turn the camera o and open the
battery-chamber cover.
To remove the battery, press the battery latch to the side, and
slide the battery out of the camera as shown.
Battery latch
To remove the memory card, press it in and release it slowly.
The card can then be removed by hand. When a memory card
is removed, the card could come out of the slot too quickly.
Use your  nger to hold it and gently release the card.
14 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
■ Compatible Memory Cards
FUJIFILM and SanDisk SD, SDHC, and SDXC memory cards have been ap-
proved for use in the camera. A complete list of approved memory cards
is available at http://www.fujifilm.com/support/digital_cameras/compatibility/.
Operation is not guaranteed with other cards. The camera can not be used
with xD-Picture Cards or MultiMediaCard (MMC) devices.
QQMemory CardsMemory Cards
• Do not turn the camera o or remove the memory card while the memory card is
being formatted or data are being recorded to or deleted from the card. Failure to
observe this precaution could damage the card.
• Format SD/SDHC/SDXC memory cards before  rst use, and be sure to reformat all
memory cards after using them in a computer or other device. For more information
on formatting memory cards, see “K FORMAT” ( P 92).
• Memory cards are small and can be swallowed; keep out of reach of children. If a
child swallows a memory card, seek medical assistance immediately.
• miniSD or microSD adapters that are larger or smaller than the standard dimensions
of an SD/SDHC/SDXC card may not eject normally; if the card does not eject, take
the camera to an authorized service representative. Do not forcibly remove the card.
• Do not a x labels to memory cards. Peeling labels can cause camera malfunction.
• Movie recording may be interrupted with some types of SD/SDHC/SDXC memory
card. Use a G card or better when shooting HD or high-speed movies.
15 First Steps
Inserting the Battery and a Memory Card
• The data in internal memory may be erased or corrupted when the camera is re-
paired. Please note that the repairer will be able to view pictures in internal memory.
• Formatting a memory card or internal memory in the camera creates a folder in
which pictures are stored. Do not rename or delete this folder or use a computer or
other device to edit, delete, or rename image  les. Always use the camera to delete
pictures from memory cards and internal memory; before editing or renaming  les,
copy them to a computer and edit or rename the copies, not the originals.
QQBatteriesBatteries
• Remove dirt from the battery terminals with a clean, dry cloth. Failure to observe this
precaution could prevent the battery from charging.
• Do not a x stickers or other objects to the battery. Failure to observe this precaution
could make it impossible to remove the battery from the camera.
• Do not short the battery terminals. The battery could overheat.
• Read the cautions in “The Battery and Power Supply” (P vi).
• Use only battery chargers designated for use with the battery. Failure to observe this
precaution could result in product malfunction.
• Do not remove the labels from the battery or attempt to split or peel the outer casing.
• The battery gradually loses its charge when not in use. Charge the battery one or
two days before use.
16 First Steps
Turning the Camera on and O Turning the Camera on and O
Shooting ModeShooting Mode
Press the ON/OFF button to turn the
camera on.
Press ON/OFF again to turn the camera
o .
RRSwitching to Playback ModeSwitching to Playback Mode
Press the a button to start playback.
Press the shutter button halfway to return
to shooting mode.
Playback ModePlayback Mode
To turn the camera on and begin
playback, press the a button for
about a second.
Press the a button again or press
the ON/OFF button to turn the camera
o .
RRSwitching to Shooting ModeSwitching to Shooting Mode
To exit to shooting mode, press the shut-
ter button halfway. Press the a button
to return to playback.
17 First Steps
Turning the Camera on and O
QFingerprints and other marks on the protective glass covering the lens can a ect
pictures. Keep the glass clean.
QThe ON/OFF button does not completely end the supply of power to the camera.
RRAuto Power O Auto Power O
The camera will turn o automatically if no operations are performed for the length of
time selected for M AUTO POWER OFF (P 95). To turn the camera on, use the ON/OFF
button or press the a button for about a second.
18 First Steps
Basic Setup Basic Setup
A language-selection dialog is displayed the  rst time the camera is turned
on. Set up the camera as described below (you can reset the clock or change
languages at any time using the F DATE/TIME or L a options in
the setup menu; for information on displaying the setup menu, see page 91).
1
Highlight a language and press MENU/OK.
R Press DISP/BACK to skip the current step. Any steps you skip
will be displayed the next time the camera is turned on.
START MENU
ENGLISH
NOSET
DEUTSCH
FRANCAIS
ESPAÑOL
PORTUGUÊS
2
The date and time will be displayed. Press the selector
left or right to highlight the year, month, day, hour, or
minute and press up or down to change. To change the
order in which the year, month, and day are displayed,
highlight the date format and press the selector up or
down. Press MENU/OK when settings are complete.
RRThe Camera ClockThe Camera Clock
If the battery is removed for an extended period, the camera clock will be reset and the
language-selection dialog will be displayed when the camera is turned on.
NOSET
DATE/TIME NOT SET
1. 1 12
:
00
AM
YY. MM. DD
2014
2013
2011
2010
2012
19
Basic Photography and Playback Basic Photography and Playback
Taking Pictures in Taking Pictures in QQ (Scene Recognition) Mode (Scene Recognition) Mode
This section describes how to take pictures in QQ (scene recognitionscene recognition) mode.
The camera automatically analyzes the composition and adjusts settings ap-
propriately.
1
Turn the camera on.
Press the ON/OFF button to turn the camera on.
Q shooting indicators will be displayed.
The The gg Icon Icon
This icon indicates that the camera continuously searches for faces to select the
appropriate scene, increasing the drain on the battery.
The Scene Icon The Scene Icon
The camera selects the scene according to shooting conditions and the type of
subject: b PORTRAIT (portraits), c LANDSCAPE (landscapes), d NIGHT (poorly-lit land-
scapes), e MACRO (close ups), f NIGHT PORTRAIT (poorly-lit portraits), g BACKLIT PORTRAIT
(backlit portraits), a AUTO (all other scenes)
20 Basic Photography and Playback
Taking Pictures in Q (Scene Recognition) Mode
2 Frame the picture.
Use the zoom control to frame the picture in the display.
Zoom out Zoom in
Zoom indicator
Holding the Camera Holding the Camera
Hold the camera steady with both hands and brace your
elbows against your sides. Shaking or unsteady hands can
blur your shots.
To prevent pictures that are out of focus or too dark (under-
exposed), keep your  ngers and other objects away from
the  ash and from the protective glass covering the lens.
21Basic Photography and Playback
Taking Pictures in Q (Scene Recognition) Mode
3 Focus.
Press the shutter button halfway to focus.
RThe lens may make a noise when the camera focuses; this
is normal.
If the camera is able to focus, it will beep twice and the in-
dicator lamp will glow green.
If the camera is unable to focus, the focus frame will turn red, s will be dis-
played, and the indicator lamp will blink green. Change the composition
or use focus lock (P 37).
Double
beep
22 Basic Photography and Playback
Taking Pictures in Q (Scene Recognition) Mode
4
Shoot.
Smoothly press the shutter button the rest of the way
down to take the picture.
RIf the subject is poorly lit, the  ash may  re when the pic-
ture is taken. For information on using the  ash when
lighting is poor, see “N Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash)”
(P 41).
The Shutter Button The Shutter Button
The shutter button has two positions. Pressing the shutter button halfway sets
focus and exposure; to shoot, press the shutter button the rest of the way down.
Click
23Basic Photography and Playback
Viewing Pictures Viewing Pictures
Pictures can be viewed in the LCD monitor. When taking important photo-
graphs, take a test shot and check the results.
1
Press the a button.
The most recent picture will be displayed.
2
View additional pictures.
Press the selector right to view pictures in the
order recorded, left to view pictures in reverse
order.
Press the shutter button halfway to exit to shoot-
ing mode.
24
More on Photography More on Photography
Shooting Mode Shooting Mode
Choose a shooting mode according to the scene or type of subject.
Choosing a Shooting Mode Choosing a Shooting Mode
1
Press MENU/OK to display the shooting menu.
2
Highlight A SHOOTING MODE and press the
selector right to display shooting mode options.
SET
SHOOTING MENU
EXIT
SHOOTING MODE
3
Highlight the desired mode and press MENU/OK.Q
SCENE RECOGNITION
CANCELSET
Selects optimum
camera settings
for certain modes.
4
Press DISP/BACK to exit to shooting mode.
25More on Photography
Shooting Mode
Shooting Mode Options Shooting Mode Options
ModeMode DescriptionDescription
QQ SCENE RECOGNITION SCENE RECOGNITION The camera automatically analyzes the composition and selects a scene
according to shooting conditions and the type of subject.
BB AUTO AUTO Choose for crisp, clear snapshots. This mode is recommended in most
situations.
P PROGRAM AE P PROGRAM AE The camera sets exposure automatically.
jj PRO LOW-LIGHT PRO LOW-LIGHT Choose when photographing stationary subjects under low light or with
the camera zoomed in (P 27).
kk D-RANGE PRIORITY D-RANGE PRIORITY
Choose when photographing high-contrast scenes. The camera varies
exposure over a series of shots and blends the results to preserve details
in highlights and shadows (P 28).
CC NATURAL & NATURAL & NNThe camera takes two shots: one without the  ash and one with.
DD NATURAL LIGHT NATURAL LIGHT Capture natural lighting under low-light conditions.
LL PORTRAIT PORTRAIT Choose for portraits.
ZZ PORTRAIT ENHANCER PORTRAIT ENHANCER Choose for a smooth skin e ect when shooting portraits.
MM LANDSCAPE LANDSCAPE Choose for daylight shots of buildings and landscapes.
rr MOTION PANORAMA MOTION PANORAMA
360360
Pan the camera to record a series of shots that are joined together to form
a panorama (P 29).
NN SPORT SPORT Choose when photographing moving subjects.
26 More on Photography
Shooting Mode
ModeMode DescriptionDescription
OO NIGHT NIGHT Choose this mode for poorly lit twilight or night scenes.
HH NIGHT (TRIPOD) NIGHT (TRIPOD) Choose this mode for slow shutter speeds when shooting at night.
QQ SUNSET SUNSET Choose this mode to record the vivid colors in sunrises and sunsets.
RR SNOW SNOW Choose for crisp, clear shots that capture the brightness of scenes domi-
nated by shining white snow.
SS BEACH BEACH Choose for crisp, clear shots that capture the brightness of sunlit beaches.
FF UNDERWATER UNDERWATER Choose for underwater photography.
tt UNDER WATER UNDER WATER
(WIDE)(WIDE)
Choose for wide-angle underwater shots that include more of the back-
ground behind the main subject.
ss UNDER WATER UNDER WATER
(MACRO)(MACRO) Choose for underwater close-ups of small objects.
UU PARTY PARTY Capture indoor background lighting under low-light conditions.
VV FLOWER FLOWER Choose for vivid close-ups of  owers.
WW TEXT TEXT Take clear pictures of text or drawings in print.
27More on Photography
Shooting Mode
■ j PRO LOW-LIGHT
Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera makes
four exposures and combines them into a single photo-
graph. Use to reduce noise and blur when photographing
poorly lit subjects or static subjects at high zoom ratios.
RA single combined photograph may not be created with some
scenes or if the subject or camera moves during shooting. Do not move the camera
until shooting is complete.
PRO LOW-LIGHT PRO LOW-LIGHT
To save unprocessed copies of pictures taken in this mode, select ON for the
t SAVE ORIGINAL IMAGE option in the setup menu (P 97).
QKeep the camera steady during shooting.
QFrame coverage is reduced.
QThe camera may make fewer than four exposures in some situations.
28 More on Photography
Shooting Mode
■ k D-RANGE PRIORITY
Each time the shutter button is pressed, the camera takes a series of shots,
each with di erent exposure. These are combined into a single image, pre-
serving detail in highlights and shadows. Choose for high-contrast scenes.
Press the selector left or right to choose the exposure range before shooting.
RA single combined photograph may not be created with some scenes or if the
subject or camera moves during shooting. Do not move the camera until shooting
is complete.
D-RANGE PRIORITY D-RANGE PRIORITY
To save unprocessed copies of pictures taken in this mode, select ON for the
t SAVE ORIGINAL IMAGE option in the setup menu (P 97).
QKeep the camera steady during shooting.
QFrame coverage is reduced.
29More on Photography
Shooting Mode
■ r MOTION PANORAMA 360
Follow an on-screen guide to take photos that will auto-
matically be joined to form a panorama. The camera zooms
all the way out and remains  xed at the widest angle until
shooting is complete.
1 To select the angle through which you will pan the
camera while shooting, press the selector down. Press the selector left or
right to highlight an angle and press MENU/OK.
2
Press the selector right to view a choice of pan directions. Press the selec-
tor left or right to highlight a pan direction and press MENU/OK.
3
Press the shutter button all the way down to start recording. There is no
need to keep the shutter button pressed during recording.
4
Pan the camera in the direction shown by the arrow.
Shooting ends automatically when the progress bar is
full and the panorama is complete.
RShooting ends if the shutter button is pressed all the way
down during shooting. No panorama will be recorded if
the shutter button is pressed before the camera has been
panned through 120 °.
120
Progress bar
30 More on Photography
Shooting Mode
QPanoramas are created from multiple frames. The camera may in some cases record
an greater or lesser angle than selected or be unable to stitch the frames together
perfectly. The last part of the panorama may not be recorded if shooting ends be-
fore the panorama is complete.
QShooting may be interrupted if the camera is panned too quickly or too slowly. Pan-
ning the camera in a direction other than that shown cancels shooting.
QThe desired results may not be achieved with moving subjects, subjects close to
the camera, unvarying subjects such as the sky or a  eld of grass, subjects that are
in constant motion, such as waves and waterfalls, or subjects that undergo marked
changes in brightness. Panoramas may be blurred if the subject is poorly lit.
For Best Results For Best Results
For best results, move the camera in a small circle at a steady speed, keeping the
camera horizontal and being careful only to pan in the direction shown by the
guides. If the desired results are not achieved, try panning at a di erent speed.
31More on Photography
Recording GPS Data with Pictures (Only XP150/160) Recording GPS Data with Pictures (Only XP150/160)
To record GPS data with new pictures, press the GPS
button to display the GPS menu and select one of
the following options for LOCATION SEARCH:
• T PERMANENTLY ON: The camera continues to update GPS data for up to
3 hours after being turned o . The camera will be quicker to display GPS
data when turned on, but the drain on the battery will increase. Note that
GPS data is not updated at battery levels of B or below.
• U WHEN SWITCHED ON: The camera updates GPS data only when on. The cam-
era may need some time to acquire GPS data when turned on. This option is
selected automatically at battery levels of B and below.
RGPS works best outdoors under clear skies.
During shooting, GPS data are displayed in the monitor as
shown at right. Signal strength is indicated by the number
of bars; O is displayed when the camera is searching for a
signal, Q if the camera is in GPS demo mode, and P if no
signal is detected. The current location is shown by a place
name or (if no place name is available) by the longitude
and latitude.
RThe display of GPS information can be turned o by selecting OFF for LOCATION
INFO (P 32).
Location Signal
strength
P
-
MINATO, TOKYO, JAPAN
32 More on Photography
Recording GPS Data with Pictures
The GPS MenuThe GPS Menu
The options in the GPS menu are detailed below.
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
POWER SEARCH ONPOWER SEARCH ON
Immediately update GPS data.
RRGPS data are not updated if GPS data are not updated if OFFOFF for for LOCATION SEARCHLOCATION SEARCH..
RRGPS data can be updated by pressing and holding the GPS data can be updated by pressing and holding the GPSGPS button. button.
LOCATION SEARCH LOCATION SEARCH Turn the GPS receiver on or o (P 31).
TRACKING DATA TRACKING DATA Record GPS data (P 34).
MY LANDMARK REGISTERMY LANDMARK REGISTER Add custom landmarks to or delete them from the map database.
AUTO TIME CORRECTIONAUTO TIME CORRECTION Use GPS data to set the camera clock (P 35).
LOCATION INFO LOCATION INFO Display GPS data (P 31).
km/milekm/mile Choose the units used to display GPS information (P 54).
Viewing GPS Data Viewing GPS Data
To view GPS data, press DISP/BACK until GPS data appear in the
monitor. If the compass heading is not correct, it will  ash yel-
low in the GPS display. Recalibrate the compass by moving the
camera slowly in a large  gure eight while rotating your wrist as
shown on page 35.
NW
NW
33More on Photography
Recording GPS Data with Pictures
QUsing GPS increases the drain on the battery, causing battery performance to drop
at low temperatures.
QThe receiver may have an error of a few hundred meters (yards).
QThe camera may be unable to receive GPS data in some locations. If possible,
choose an outdoor location with few obstructions when turning the camera on.
QThe position recorded when a photo is taken may di er from the actual location if
some time has passed since the camera was last able to update GPS data.
QSelect OFF for LOCATION SEARCH (P32) and TRACKING DATA (P 32) in the
setup menu when in a hospital and before takeo and landing if traveling by air.
QPlace names are current as of the date on which the map database was created
(P 121) and will not be updated to re ect any changes after that date.
QPlace name data are unavailable in some countries and regions. If no name is avail-
able, the latitude and longitude will be displayed for a few seconds.
GPS GPS
The camera may be unable to receive GPS data if the antenna (P 2) is obstructed or
when underground, underwater, under a bridge or overpass, inside a vehicle, build-
ing, tunnel, or metal briefcase, between tall buildings, or in the vicinity of cell phones
or other devices that broadcast in the 1.5 GHz band.
Obey all local regulations regarding the use of GPS devices. Note that the use of
GPS devices is restricted in some countries, including the People’s Republic of China.
Before going abroad, consult with the embassy or a travel agent. The camera may
display P (no signal) in locations in which restrictions apply.
34 More on Photography
Recording GPS Data with Pictures
GPS Tracking GPS Tracking
To record a GPS track log to a  le on the memory card, select ON for TRACKING
DATA (P 32; be sure the clock is set to the correct time and date as described on
page 18). A new log  le is created when ON is selected and once every 24 hours
thereafter. Note that the camera will continue to update GPS data even when o ,
increasing the drain on the battery.
QGPS logs can be viewed using MyFinePix Studio or the DISP TRACKING DATA op-
tion (P 53).
QSee “GPS” (P 33) for information on using GPS.
QThe indicator lamp glows orange during recording GPS data even when the cam-
era is turned o while ON is selected. Select OFF before removing the battery or
memory card. Failure to observe this precaution could damage the card.
QTracking ends after the camera has been o for 3 hours consecutively.
QSignal strength will be displayed in yellow and GPS data will not be logged if the
battery is low (B or less), no memory card is inserted, or the memory card has less
than 32 MB free. To resume the log, select ON after inserting a charged battery or a
memory card with more than 32 MB free.
QGPS tracking may be interrupted during movie recording and playback.
35More on Photography
Recording GPS Data with Pictures
Using GPS to Set the Camera Clock Using GPS to Set the Camera Clock
The AUTO TIME CORRECTION item can be used to synchronize the camera clock to
the time provided by GPS satellites. Select ON (W/o SUMMERTIME) to set the clock
to local standard time or ON (W/ SUMMERTIME) to set the clock to local daylight
saving time. If daylight saving time is in e ect, time will automatically be advanced
one hour.
QQIf the camera is able to receive GPS data, the clock will be synchronized when the camera If the camera is able to receive GPS data, the clock will be synchronized when the camera
is turned o .is turned o .
QQSelecting Selecting gg LOCALLOCAL for for NN TIME DIFFERENCETIME DIFFERENCE turns turns AUTO TIME CORRECTIONAUTO TIME CORRECTION o . Note o . Note
that GPS may not provide the correct time in some locations; if necessary select that GPS may not provide the correct time in some locations; if necessary select OFFOFF for for
AUTO TIME CORRECTIONAUTO TIME CORRECTION and set the clock using and set the clock using F F DATE/TIME DATE/TIME ( (PP 91). 91).
Compass Error Compass Error
If the compass heading is not correct, it will  ash yellow in the
GPS display. Recalibrate the compass by moving the camera
slowly in a large  gure eight while rotating your wrist as shown.
P
NE
<100
m
NE
<100
m
If the compass heading continues to  ash, choose a di erent location and try again.
QQTo ensure that you do not drop the camera, use the strap (To ensure that you do not drop the camera, use the strap (PP1).1).
36 More on Photography
b b Intelligent Face Detection Intelligent Face Detection
Intelligent Face Detection sets focus and exposure for human faces anywhere
in the frame, preventing the camera from focusing on the background in
group portraits. Choose for shots that emphasize portrait subjects.
To use Intelligent Face Detection, press MENU/OK
to display the shooting menu and select ON for
b FACE DETECTION ( P 78). Faces can be detected
with the camera in vertical or horizontal orientation;
if a face is detected, it will be indicated by a green
border. If there is more than one face in the frame,
the camera will select the face closest to the center;
other faces are indicated by white borders.
QIn some modes, the camera may set exposure for the frame as a whole rather than
the portrait subject.
QIf the subject moves as the shutter button is pressed, their face may not be in the
area indicated by the green border when the picture is taken.
37More on Photography
Focus Lock Focus Lock
To compose photographs with o -center subjects:
1
Focus:
Position the subject in the focus frame (U)
and press the shutter button halfway to lock focus
and exposure. Focus and exposure will remain locked
while the shutter button is pressed halfway (AF/AE
lock).
2
Recompose: Keep the button pressed halfway.
3
Shoot: Press the button all the way down.
38 More on Photography
Focus Lock
Autofocus Autofocus
Although the camera boasts a high-precision autofocus system, it may be unable to
focus on the subjects listed below. If the camera is unable to focus, focus on another
subject at the same distance and use focus lock to recompose the photograph.
• Very shiny subjects such as mirrors or car bodies.
• Fast-moving subjects.
• Subjects photographed through a window or other re-
ective object.
• Dark subjects and subjects that absorb rather than re ect
light, such as hair or fur.
• Insubstantial subjects, such as smoke or  ame.
• Subjects that show little contrast with the background
(for example, subjects in clothing that is the same color
as the background).
• Subjects positioned in front of or behind a high-contrast
object that is also in the focus frame (for example, a
subject photographed against a backdrop of highly con-
trasting elements).
39More on Photography
d d Exposure Compensation Exposure Compensation
To adjust exposure compensation when photo-
graphing very bright, very dark, or high-contrast
subjects, press the selector up (d). Press the selec-
tor up or down to choose an exposure compensa-
tion value and then press MENU/OK.
Choose positive (+) values
to increase exposure
Choose negative (–) values
to reduce exposure
RA d icon and exposure indicator are displayed at settings other than ±0. Exposure
compensation is not reset when the camera is turned o ; to restore normal expo-
sure control, choose a value of ±0.
RTurn the  ash o when using exposure compensation.
RExposure compensation is available only when P (PROGRAM AE) is selected for
shooting mode.
40 More on Photography
F F Macro Mode (Close-ups) Macro Mode (Close-ups)
For close-ups, press the selector left (F) and select
F. When macro mode is in e ect, the camera fo-
cuses on subjects near the center of the frame. Use
the zoom control to compose pictures (P 20).
To exit macro mode, press the selector left (F) and
select H.
RUse of a tripod is recommended to prevent blur caused
by camera shake.
OFF
OFF
41More on Photography
N N Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash) Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash)
When the  ash is used, the camera’s Intelligent Flash system instantly analyzes
the scene based on such factors as the brightness of the subject, its position
in the frame, and its distance from the camera. Flash output and sensitivity
are adjusted to ensure that the main subject is correctly exposed while pre-
serving the e ects of ambient background lighting, even in dimly-lit indoor
scenes. Use the  ash when lighting is poor, for example when shooting at
night or indoors under low light.
Press the selector right (N) and choose from the fol-
lowing  ash modes:
P
AUTO FLASH
According to
shooting conditions
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
AUTOAUTO//KK
((AUTO FLASHAUTO FLASH))The  ash  res when required. Recommended in most situations.
NN//LL
((FORCED FLASHFORCED FLASH))
The  ash  res whenever a picture is taken. Use for backlit subjects or for natural
coloration when shooting in bright light.
PP
((SUPPRESSED FLASHSUPPRESSED FLASH))
The  ash does not  re even when the subject is poorly lit. Use of a tripod is
recommended.
OO//MM
((SLOW SYNCHROSLOW SYNCHRO))
Capture both the main subject and the background under low light (note that
brightly lit scenes may be overexposed).
42 More on Photography
N Using the Flash (Intelligent Flash)
R If the  ash will  re, p will be displayed when the shutter button is pressed halfway.
At slow shutter speeds, k will appear in the display to warn that pictures may be
blurred; use of a tripod is recommended.
RThe  ash may  re several times with each shot. Do not move the camera until
shooting is complete.
RThe  ash may cause vignetting.
Red-Eye Removal Red-Eye Removal
When Intelligent Face Detection (P 36) and red-eye removal (P 86) are
on, red-eye removal is available in auto (K; RED EYE REDUCTION),  ash
on (L; FORCED FLASH), and slow sync (M; RED EYE & SLOW) modes.
Red-eye removal minimizes “red-eye” caused when light from the  ash is
re ected from the subject’s retinas as shown in the illustration at right.
43More on Photography
h h Using the Self-Timer Using the Self-Timer
To use the self-timer, press the selector down (h)
and choose from the following options:
OFF
OFF
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
T (OFF) Self-timer o .
a ( COUPLE TIMER)
The camera starts the timer when it detects two portrait subjects close together.
Press the selector up to choose how close the subjects must be together before
the timer starts (the more hearts, the closer the subjects must be together).
RRTo stop the timer before the picture is taken, press To stop the timer before the picture is taken, press DISP/BACKDISP/BACK..
g ( GROUP TIMER)
The camera will start the timer when it detects the selected number of portrait
subjects. Press the selector up to choose the number of subjects.
RRTo stop the timer before the picture is taken, press To stop the timer before the picture is taken, press DISP/BACKDISP/BACK..
S (10 SEC)
The shutter is released ten seconds after the shutter button is pressed. Use for
self-portraits. The self-timer lamp on the front of the camera blinks while the
timer counts down.
R (2 SEC)
The shutter is released two seconds after the shutter button is pressed. Use to
reduce blur caused by the camera moving when the shutter-release button is
pressed. The self-timer lamp will blink as the timer counts down.
44
More on Playback More on Playback
Playback Options Playback Options
To view the most recent picture in the LCD monitor, press the a button.
100-0001
100-0001
Press the selector right to view pictures in the order recorded, left to view
pictures in reverse order. Keep the selector pressed to scroll rapidly to the
desired frame.
R Pictures taken using other cameras are indicated by a m (“gift image”) icon during
playback.
I I Favorites: Rating Pictures Favorites: Rating Pictures
To rate the picture currently displayed in full-frame playback, press DISP/BACK
and press the selector up and down to select from zero to  ve stars.
45More on Playback
Playback Options
Playback Zoom Playback Zoom
Select T to zoom in on pictures displayed in single-frame playback; select W to
zoom out. When the picture is zoomed in, the selector can be used to view
areas of the image not currently visible in the display.
Navigation window shows
portion of image currently
displayed in LCD monitor
Zoom indicator
Press DISP/BACK to exit zoom.
RThe maximum zoom ratio varies with image size. Playback zoom is not available
with cropped or resized copies saved at a size of a or smaller.
46 More on Playback
Playback Options
Multi-Frame Playback Multi-Frame Playback
Selecting W when a picture is shown full-frame in the LCD monitor displays
the current image with previous and following images in the background.
Select W to increase the number of images displayed to two, nine, or one
hundred, T to view fewer images.
100-0001
100-0001
When two or more images are displayed, use the selector to highlight images
and press MENU/OK to view the highlighted image full frame. In the nine- and
hundred-frame displays, use the selector to view more pictures.
47More on Playback
A A Deleting Pictures Deleting Pictures
To delete individual pictures, multiple selected
pictures, or all pictures, press MENU/OK, select
A ERASE ( P 81), and choose from the options be-
low. Note that deleted pictures can not be recov-
ered. Copy important pictures to a computer or other storage device before
proceeding.
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
FRAMEFRAME Press the selector left or right to scroll through pictures and press MENU/OK to
delete the current picture (a con rmation dialog is not displayed).
SELECTED FRAMESSELECTED FRAMES
Highlight pictures and press MENU/OK to select or deselect (pictures that are
protected or in a print order are shown by u). When the operation is com-
plete, press DISP/BACK to display a con rmation dialog, then highlight OK and
press MENU/OK to delete the selected pictures.
ALL FRAMESALL FRAMES
A con rmation dialog will be displayed; highlight OK and press MENU/OK to de-
lete all unprotected pictures (if a memory card is inserted, only the pictures on
the memory card will be a ected; the pictures in internal memory are only de-
leted if no memory card is inserted). Pressing DISP/BACK cancels deletion; note
that any pictures deleted before the button was pressed can not be recovered.
RProtected pictures can not be deleted. Remove protection from any pictures you
wish to delete (P 86).
RIf a message appears stating that the selected images are part of a DPOF print order,
press MENU/OK to delete the pictures.
SET
PLAYBACK MENU
ERASE
FRAME
SELECTED FRAMES
ALL FRAMES
BACK
48 More on Playback
b b Image Search Image Search
Search for pictures.
1
Select b IMAGE SEARCH in the playback menu (P 81), highlight one of
the following search criteria, and press MENU/OK:
• BY DATE: Search by date.
• BY GPS LOCATION NAME (XP150/XP160 only): Search by location name (location
names that do not begin with a letter from A to Z are listed in the search
conditions under “#”).
• BY FACE: Search for faces from the face recognition database.
• BY I FAVORITES: Search by rating.
• BY SCENE: Search by scene.
• BY TYPE OF DATA: Find all still pictures, all movies, or edited pictures.
• BY UPLOAD MARK: Find all pictures selected for upload to a speci ed desti-
nation.
2
Select a search condition. Only pictures that match the search condition
will be displayed. To delete or protect selected pictures or to view the
search results in a slide show, press MENU/OK and choose A ERASE (P 47),
D PROTECT (P 86), or I SLIDE SHOW (P 85).
49More on Playback
k k PhotoBook Assist PhotoBook Assist
Create books from your favorite photos.
Creating a PhotoBook Creating a PhotoBook
1
Select NEW BOOK for k PHOTOBOOK ASSIST in the playback menu
(P 81) and choose from the following options:
• SELECT FROM ALL: Choose from all available pictures.
• SELECT BY IMAGE SEARCH: Choose from pictures matching selected search
conditions (P 48).
RNeither photographs a or smaller nor movies can be selected for photobooks.
2
Scroll through the images and press the selector up to select or deselect.
To display the current image on the cover, press the selector down. Press
MENU/OK to exit when the book is complete.
RThe  rst picture selected becomes the cover image. Press the selector down to
select a di erent image for the cover.
3
Select COMPLETE PHOTOBOOK (to select all photos or all photos match-
ing the speci ed search conditions for the book, choose SELECT ALL).
The new book will be added to the list in the photobook assist menu.
QBooks can contain up to 300 pictures.
QBooks that contain no photos are automatically deleted.
50 More on Playback
k PhotoBook Assist
Viewing PhotobooksViewing Photobooks
Highlight a book in the photobook assist menu and press MENU/OK to display
the book, then press the selector left or right to scroll through the pictures.
Editing and Deleting PhotobooksEditing and Deleting Photobooks
Display the photobook and press MENU/OK. The following options will be dis-
played; select the desired option and follow the on-screen instructions.
• EDIT: Edit the book as described in “Creating a PhotoBook” (P 49).
• ERASE: Delete the book.
Photobooks Photobooks
Photobooks can be copied to a computer using the supplied MyFinePix Studio soft-
ware.
51More on Playback
Viewing Panoramas Viewing Panoramas
If you press the selector down when a panorama is displayed full frame, the
camera will play back the picture from left to right or from bottom to top. To
pause playback, press the selector down; press the selector down again to
resume. To exit to full-frame playback, press the selector up while panorama
playback is in progress.
PLAY
STOP PAUSE
52 More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160) Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
During playback, pictures for which GPS data exist are in-
dicated by a J icon. GPS data are shown for a few sec-
onds each time the picture is displayed.
GPS icon
100-0001
100-0001
-
MINATO, TOKYO, JAPAN
Viewing GPS Data Viewing GPS Data
To view the compass heading at the time the picture was taken,
press DISP/BACK until GPS data appear in the monitor.
N
10
°
00
’
00
”
E
10
°
00
’
00
”
NE
NE
10: 00
AM
10: 00
AM
12 / 31 / 2050
12 / 31 / 2050
53More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
The GPS MenuThe GPS Menu
The GPS menu can be displayed by pressing the GPS
button.
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
POWER SEARCH ONPOWER SEARCH ON
Immediately update GPS data.
RRGPS data are not updated if GPS data are not updated if OFFOFF for for LOCATION SEARCHLOCATION SEARCH..
RRGPS data can be updated by pressing and holding the GPS data can be updated by pressing and holding the GPSGPS button. button.
LOCATION SEARCH LOCATION SEARCH Turn the GPS receiver on or o (P 31).
TRACKING DATA TRACKING DATA Record GPS data (P 34).
DISP TRACKING DATA DISP TRACKING DATA View the GPS track (P 56).
ERASE TRACKING DATA ERASE TRACKING DATA Delete the GPS track (P 57).
PHOTO NAVIGATION PHOTO NAVIGATION View the approximate direction and distance to the location where cur-
rent the picture was taken (P 54).
LOCATION INFO COPYLOCATION INFO COPY Copy GPS data from one picture to another (P 55).
AUTO TIME CORRECTIONAUTO TIME CORRECTION Use GPS data to set the camera clock (P 35).
LOCATION INFO LOCATION INFO Display GPS data (P 31).
km/mile km/mile Choose the units used to display GPS information (P 54).
54 More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
Photo Navigation Photo Navigation
To show the direction and distance from your present position to the location
where a picture was taken:
1
Select an option other than OFF for LOCATION SEARCH and con rm that
the camera is receiving GPS data (P 53).
2
Display a picture with a J icon.
3 Select PHOTO NAVIGATION (P 53) in the R menu.
The approximate direction and distance to the location
where the picture was taken are displayed as shown, us-
ing the units selected for km/mile ( P 53). Distances over
1000 units are indicated by “>”, those under 100 units by
“<”.
NE
<100
m
100-0001
-
MINATO, TOKYO, JAPAN
RPhoto navigation ends when the next picture is displayed.
Calibration Calibration
A f icon indicates that the camera’s internal sensor requires
calibration. Move the camera slowly in a large  gure eight while
rotating your wrist as shown on page 35. If the icon does not clear
from the display, choose a di erent location and try again.
100-0001
100-0001
N
10
°
00
’
00
”
E
10
°
00
’
00
”
NE
NE
1050
hPa
2000
m
-
MINATO, TOKYO, JAPAN
COMPASS FACES INTERFERENCE
ROTATE THE CAMERA AS FIGURE 8
10: 00
AM
10: 00
AM
12 / 31 / 2050
12 / 31 / 2050
QQTo ensure that you do not drop the camera, use the strap (To ensure that you do not drop the camera, use the strap (PP1).1).
55More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
Copying GPS Data to Other Images Copying GPS Data to Other Images
GPS data can be copied from other pictures to images that lack correct GPS
information.
1
Select LOCATION INFO COPY in the R menu (P
53
).
2
Press the selector left or right to display the source image for the GPS data
and press MENU/OK.
3
Press the selector left or right to display the destination and press MENU/OK
to copy the data to the image.
QOnce copied, the new GPS data can not be deleted and the original GPS data can
not be recovered. Note, however, that copying data from a picture with GPS data
to a picture with GPS data will delete the original GPS data recorded with the des-
tination picture.
QThe camera may be unable to copy GPS data to or from images created on other
devices.
56 More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
Viewing the GPS Track Viewing the GPS Track
To view the track created with TRACKING DATA (P
53
):
1
Select DISP TRACKING DATA in the R menu.
2
Press the selector up or down to highlight the desired
track log.
100
km
E
W
2/15
N
S
2050
10/ 7
10/24
11/ 3
2051
1/ 3 10:00
AM
DISP TRACKING DATA
Select a track log
3
The track is shown by a line with dots (z) representing
the locations where photographs were taken. Press the
selector left or right to highlight a location (the high-
lighted location is shown by V). 100
km
E
W
2/15
N
S
2050
10/ 7
10/24
11/ 3
2051
1/ 3 10:00
AM
DISP TRACKING DATA
Select a location
4
Press MENU/OK to view the photograph taken at the
highlighted location. Press the selector left or right to
view additional photographs or press DISP/BACK to re-
turn to the track. Press MENU/OK to exit to normal play-
back.
10: 00
AM
12 / 31 / 2050
DISP TRACKING DATA
NE
EXIT
57More on Playback
Viewing GPS Data (Only XP150/160)
Deleting Track Logs Deleting Track Logs
To delete track logs recorded with TRACKING DATA (P 53):
1
Select ERASE TRACKING DATA in the R menu.
2
Press the selector up or down to highlight the desired
track log and press MENU/OK.
100
km
E
W
2/15
N
S
10:00
AM
2050
2051
10/ 7
10/24
11/ 3
1/ 3
ERASE TRACKING DATA
CANCELYES
Select a track log
3
A con rmation dialog will be displayed; highlight OK and press MENU/OK to
delete the selected log.
RImages are not deleted when track logs are erased.
58
Movies Movies
Recording Movies Recording Movies
Press t to shoot a movie. During recording, y REC
and the time remaining will be displayed in the LCD
monitor and sound will be recorded via the built-in
microphone (be careful not to cover the microphone
during recording).
12
s
12
sREC
Time available is displayed
in monitor
To end recording, press the t button again. Recording ends automatically
when the movie reaches maximum length or memory is full.
RZoom can be adjusted while recording is in progress. The type of zoom can be se-
lected using the p MOVIE ZOOM TYPE option in the setup menu (P 97).
RFocus, exposure and white balance are adjusted automatically throughout record-
ing (the focus mode can be selected using the F MOVIE AF MODE option in the
shooting menu; P 79). The color and brightness of the image may vary from that
displayed before recording begins.
RSounds made by the camera may be recorded.
59Movies
Recording Movies
QThe indicator lamp lights while movies are being recorded. Do not open the bat-
tery chamber during shooting or while the indicator lamp is lit. Failure to observe
this precaution could prevent the movie from being played back.
QVertical or horizontal streaks may appear in movies containing very bright subjects.
This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.
QThe temperature of the camera may rise if it is used to record movies for an ex-
tended period or if the ambient temperature is high. This is normal and does not
indicate a malfunction.
Movie Frame Size Movie Frame Size
Before recording, select a frame size using the WMOVIE MODE option in the
shooting menu (P 79).
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
i 1920 (1920 × 1080) Full HD (High De nition).
h 1280
(1280 × 720)
High De nition.
f ( 640 × 480) Standard de nition.
k 640 × 480 (80 fps)High speed movie. Sound is not recorded, and focus, exposure, and white
balance are not adjusted automatically.
k 320 × 240 (160 fps)
k 320 × 240 (240 fps)
60 Movies
Viewing MoviesViewing Movies
During playback, movies are displayed in the LCD monitor
as shown at right. The following operations can be per-
formed while a movie is displayed:
OptionOption DescriptionDescription
Start/pause Start/pause
playbackplayback
Press the selector down to start playback. Press again to
pause.
End playback/End playback/
deletedelete
Press the selector up to end playback. If playback is not in
progress, pressing the selector up will delete the movie.
Adjust speedAdjust speed Press the selector left or right to adjust playback speed dur-
ing playback.
Adjust volumeAdjust volume
Press MENU/OK to pause playback and display volume con-
trols. Press the selector up or down to adjust the volume
and press MENU/OK to exit. Volume can also be adjusted
from the setup menu.
PLAY
100-006
Playback Speed Playback Speed
Press the selector left or right to adjust playback speed. Speed is
shown by the number of arrows (M or N).
Arrow
STOP PAUSE
5m42s
Q Do not cover the speaker during playback.
61
Connections Connections
Viewing Pictures on TV Viewing Pictures on TV
Connect the camera to a TV to show pictures to a group.
1
Turn the camera o and connect an optional A/V cable as shown below.
Insert into
USB multi-connector
Connect yellow plug to
video-in jack
Connect white plug to
audio-in jack
QWhen connecting cables, be sure the connectors are fully inserted.
RImage quality may drop during movie playback.
2
Tune the television to the video input channel. See the documentation
supplied with the television for details.
3
Press the a button for about a second to turn the camera on. The camera
monitor turns o and pictures and movies are played back on the TV. Note
that the camera volume controls have no e ect on sounds played on the
TV; use the television volume controls to adjust the volume.
62 Connections
Viewing Pictures on High-De nition TVs Viewing Pictures on High-De nition TVs
The camera can be connected to High-De nition (HD) devices using an HDMI
cable (available separately from third-party sources).
1
Turn the camera o and connect the HDMI cable as shown below.
Insert into HDMI
connector
Insert into HDMI
connector
Micro HDMI connector
QWhen connecting cables, be sure the connectors are fully inserted.
RWhen an HDMI cable is connected, pictures and sound are played back on the
TV.
2
Tune the television to the HDMI input channel. See the documentation
supplied with the television for details.
3
Press the a button for about a second to turn the camera on. The camera
monitor turns o and pictures and movies are played back on the TV. Note
that the camera volume controls have no e ect on sounds played on the
TV; use the television volume controls to adjust the volume.
RThe USB cable can not be used while an HDMI cable is connected.
RSome televisions may brie y display a black screen when movie playback be-
gins.
63Connections
Printing Pictures via USB Printing Pictures via USB
If the printer supports PictBridge, the camera can be connected
directly to the printer as shown below and pictures can be printed
without  rst being copied to a computer. Note that depending on
the printer, not all the functions described below may be supported.
1
Connect the supplied USB cable as shown and turn the printer on.
2
Turn the camera on.
3
Press the selector left or right to display a picture you wish to print.
4
Press the selector up or down to choose the number of copies (up to 99).
5
Repeat steps 3–4 to select additional pictures. Press MENU/OK to display a
con rmation dialog when settings are complete.
64 Connections
Printing Pictures via USB
6
Press MENU/OK to start printing. Printing can be interrupted by pressing
DISP/BACK, but note that some printers may not respond immediately. If
the printer stops before printing is complete, turn the camera o and then
on again.
7
After con rming that PRINTING has cleared from the camera display, turn
the camera o and disconnect the USB csable.
RPictures can be printed from internal memory or a memory card that has been
formatted in the camera.
RIf no pictures are selected, the camera will print one copy of the current picture.
RPage size, print quality, and border selections are made using the printer.
Printing the Date of Recording Printing the Date of Recording
To print the date of recording on pictures, press DISP/BACK in the PictBridge display
and select PRINT WITH DATE s in the PictBridge menu (to print pictures without
the date of recording, select PRINT WITHOUT DATE).
65Connections
Printing Pictures via USB
Printing the DPOF Print Order Printing the DPOF Print Order
The K PRINT ORDER (DPOF) option in the playback menu can be used to
create a digital “print order” for PictBridge-compatible printers (P 99) or de-
vices that support DPOF.
DPOF DPOF
DPOF (Digital Print Order Format) is a standard that allows pictures to be
printed from “print orders” stored in internal memory or on a memory card.
The information in the order includes the pictures to be printed and the
number of copies of each picture.
1
Select playback mode and press MENU/OK to display the playback menu.
2
Highlight K PRINT ORDER (DPOF) and press MENU/OK.
3
Highlight one of the following options and press MENU/OK:
• WITH DATE s: Print the date of recording on pictures.
• WITHOUT DATE: Do not print the date of recording on pictures.
RSome printers do not support date printing. See the printer manual for details.
4
Press the selector left or right to display a picture you wish to add to or
remove from the print order.
66 Connections
Printing Pictures via USB
5
Press the selector up or down to choose the number of copies (up to 99).
To remove a picture from the print order, press the selector down until the
number of copies is zero.
6
Repeat Steps 4–5 to complete the print order and press MENU/OK when
settings are complete.
7
A con rmation dialog will be displayed. Press MENU/OK to save the print
order.
RRemove the memory card to create or modify a print order for the pictures in
internal memory.
RPrint orders can contain a maximum of 999 pictures.
RIf a memory card is inserted containing a print order created by another camera,
a message will be displayed. Create a new print order as described above.
67Connections
Viewing Pictures on a Computer Viewing Pictures on a Computer
The supplied software can be used to copy pictures to a computer, where
they can be stored, viewed, organized, and printed. Before proceeding, install
the software as described below. Do NOT connect the camera to the computer
until installation is complete.
Windows: Installing MyFinePix StudioWindows: Installing MyFinePix Studio
1
Con rm that the computer meets the following system requirements:
Windows 7 (SP 1)/Windows Vista (SP 2) Windows 7 (SP 1)/Windows Vista (SP 2) 11Windows XP (SP 3) Windows XP (SP 3) 11
CPUCPU 3 GHz Pentium 4 or better3 GHz Pentium 4 or better
(2.4(2.4 GHz Core 2 Duo or better) GHz Core 2 Duo or better) 22
2 GHz Pentium 4 or better2 GHz Pentium 4 or better
(2.4(2.4 GHz Core 2 Duo or better) GHz Core 2 Duo or better) 22
RAMRAM 1 GB or more1 GB or more 512 MB or more512 MB or more
(1(1 GB or more) GB or more) 22
Free disk spaceFree disk space 2 GB or more2 GB or more
GPUGPU Supports DirectX 9 or laterSupports DirectX 9 or later
((recommendedrecommended))
Supports DirectX 7 or laterSupports DirectX 7 or later
((required; performance not guaranteed with other GPUsrequired; performance not guaranteed with other GPUs))
VideoVideo 1,024 × 768 pixels or more with 24-bit color or better
OtherOther
• Built-in USB port recommended. Operation is not guaranteed with other
USB ports.
• .NET Framework 3.5 Service Pack 1 required when uploading images or us-
ing Map Viewer.
• Internet connection (broadband recommended) required to install
.NETFramework (if necessary), to use auto update feature, and when per-
forming such tasks as sharing pictures on-line or via e-mail.
1 Other versions of Windows are not supported. Only pre-installed operating systems are
supported; operation is not guaranteed on home-built computers or computers that have
been upgraded from earlier versions of Windows.
2 Recommended when displaying HD movies.

Navigation menu